Manpower

 * The "rman" tool for man page formatting. Website and license: [http://polyglotman.sourceforge.net/].
 * The "aem" package for custom Apple Event handling.  Website and license: [http://fossil.codebykevin.com].


-------------------
title: Manpower Version History
alias: Version History





'''6.6 (December 1, 2017):'''
 * UI enhancements.

'''6.5 (May 1, 2017):'''
 * Improved scrolling performance, security support on macOS.

................................................................................

-------------------
title: License
alias: License
 
'''The MIT License (MIT)'''

Manpower source code: [http://fossil.codebykevin.com/fossil.cgi/manpower/]

Copyright (c) 2017 WordTech Communications LLC

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

 * The "rman" tool for man page formatting. Website and license: [http://polyglotman.sourceforge.net/].
 * The "aem" package for custom Apple Event handling.  Website and license: [http://fossil.codebykevin.com].


-------------------
title: Manpower Version History
alias: Version History

'''6.7 (April 20, 2018):'''
 * Migrate to new source code server. 
 * Minor bug fixes.

'''6.6 (December 1, 2017):'''
 * UI enhancements.

'''6.5 (May 1, 2017):'''
 * Improved scrolling performance, security support on macOS.

................................................................................

-------------------
title: License
alias: License
 
'''The MIT License (MIT)'''

Manpower source code: [https://www.codebykevin.com/fossil.cgi/manpower/]

Copyright (c) 2018 WordTech Communications LLC

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

# Manpower: Man page browser and viewer 

#Copyright (C) 2017  WordTech Communications LLC

#MIT license

#let's get started

package require Img
package require BWidget
................................................................................
    global appversion
    global datadir
    global rmanpath
    global cachedir
    global searchterm
    global mynode
    
    appname::setAppName Manpower 6.6


    set rmanpath [file join [file dirname [info script]] rman]

    
    #check for app support directory
    set appdir [file join $::env(HOME) "Library" "Application Support" "Manpower"]
................................................................................
    singleManPage
}


#custom "about" dialog
proc aboutWindow {} {

 tk_messageBox -parent . -icon info -title "About Manpower" -message "Manpower: Man Page Viewer" -detail "Version 6.6\n(c)2017 WordTech Communications LLC"

}

#raise window if closed--dock click
proc ::tk::mac::ReopenApplication {} {

    if { [wm state .] == "withdrawn"} {

# Manpower: Man page browser and viewer 

#Copyright (C) 2018  WordTech Communications LLC

#MIT license

#let's get started

package require Img
package require BWidget
................................................................................
    global appversion
    global datadir
    global rmanpath
    global cachedir
    global searchterm
    global mynode
    
    appname::setAppName Manpower 6.7


    set rmanpath [file join [file dirname [info script]] rman]

    
    #check for app support directory
    set appdir [file join $::env(HOME) "Library" "Application Support" "Manpower"]
................................................................................
    singleManPage
}


#custom "about" dialog
proc aboutWindow {} {

 tk_messageBox -parent . -icon info -title "About Manpower" -message "Manpower: Man Page Viewer" -detail "Version 6.7\n(c)2018 WordTech Communications LLC"

}

#raise window if closed--dock click
proc ::tk::mac::ReopenApplication {} {

    if { [wm state .] == "withdrawn"} {

	variable currentversion
	variable versionnumber

	set appname $app

	softwareupdate::checkingForUpdates

	set versionurl https://www.codebykevin.com/$appname-version.tcl
	http::config -useragent "$appname Update Check"

	if [catch {http::geturl $versionurl} msg] {
	    puts "error: $msg"
	    tk_messageBox -icon warning -title "Unable to Connect to Server" -message "Unable to Connect to Server" -detail "Unable to connect to www.codebykevin.com to check for updates. Please make sure you are connected to the Internet." -parent .
	catch {destroy .updateprogress}
	    return
	} 

	set versionnumber [string trim [http::data [http::geturl $versionurl]]]
	if [expr $currentversion < $versionnumber] {
................................................................................

	catch {destroy .updateprogress}

	catch {destroy .update}
	
	variable appname

	set changeurl https://www.codebykevin.com/$appname-changes.tcl

        if [catch {http::geturl $changeurl} msg] {
	    puts "error: $msg"
	    tk_messageBox -icon warning -title "Unable to Connect to Server" -message "Unable to Connect to Server" -detail "Unable to connect to www.codebykevin.com to check for updates. Please make sure you are connected to the Internet." -parent .
	    catch {destroy .updateprogress}
	    return
	} 


	set changelist [http::data [http::geturl $changeurl]]

	variable currentversion
	variable versionnumber

	set appname $app

	softwareupdate::checkingForUpdates

	set versionurl [string tolower https://www.codebykevin.com/$appname-version.tcl]
	http::config -useragent "$appname Update Check"

	if [catch {http::geturl $versionurl} msg] {
	    if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} { puts "error: $msg"}
	    tk_messageBox -icon warning -title "Unable to Connect to Server" -message "Unable to Connect to Server" -detail "Unable to connect to www.codebykevin.com to check for updates. Please make sure you are connected to the Internet." -parent .
	catch {destroy .updateprogress}
	    return
	} 

	set versionnumber [string trim [http::data [http::geturl $versionurl]]]
	if [expr $currentversion < $versionnumber] {
................................................................................

	catch {destroy .updateprogress}

	catch {destroy .update}
	
	variable appname

	set changeurl [string tolower https://www.codebykevin.com/$appname-changes.tcl]

        if [catch {http::geturl $changeurl} msg] {
	    if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} { puts "error: $msg"}
	    tk_messageBox -icon warning -title "Unable to Connect to Server" -message "Unable to Connect to Server" -detail "Unable to connect to www.codebykevin.com to check for updates. Please make sure you are connected to the Internet." -parent .
	    catch {destroy .updateprogress}
	    return
	} 


	set changelist [http::data [http::geturl $changeurl]]

What is new in Tablelist 5.16?
------------------------------

1.  Added the "-autofinishediting" configuration option, relevant for
    interactive cell editing via a combobox or menubutton widget (thanks
    to Alexandru Dadalau for his proposal).

2.  On Windows Vista, 7, 8, and 10, the sort arrows are now shown
    horizontally centered in the header labels and attached to their top
    edges.

3.  Added the arrow style "photo7x4" as well as its automatically scaled
    versions "photo9x5", "photo11x6", and "photo15x8", used as defaults
    on Windows Vista, 7, and 8.

4.  Added the tree style "mint2", suiting version 18 of the Linux Mint
    distribution.

5.  Support for fully qualified edit window names of the form "::ttk::*"
    (thanks to Adrian Medrano Calvo for his proposal).

6.  Worked around a text widget issue introduced in Tk 8.6.6 (thanks to
    Peter Spjuth, Harald Oehlmann, and Rene Zaumseil for their valuable
    input).

7.  Improvements related to the "move" and "movecolumn" subcommands as
    well as to the management of the images used in sort arrows (thanks
    to Adrian Medrano Calvo and Torsten Berg for their proposals).

8   Drastically increased the speed of the "collapse" and "collapseall"
    subcommands with the "-fully" option (thanks to Ulrich Seidl for
    reporting the pure performance of "collapseall -fully").

9.  Adapted the implementation of the "delete" subcommand to the changed
    text widget behavior in Tk 8.6.5 (thanks to Ulrich Seidl for his bug
    report).

10. Fixed a bug related to the "curcellselection" subcommand (thanks to
    Juge for his bug report).

What was new in Tablelist 5.15?
-------------------------------

1. Support for Windows 10, including the new tree style "win10", whose
   size is automatically adapted to the display's scaling level.

2. Added the arrow styles "flatAngle11x6" and "flatAngle15x8", needed
   for automatic scaling of the default arrow style "flatAngle7x4" on
   Windows 10.

3. The variable "tablelist::scalingpct", used by Tablelist when adapting
   the sizes of several tree styles to the display's DPI scaling level,
   is now documented in Tablelist Programmer's Guide.

4. Worked around a text widget bug introduced in Tk 8.5.18 and 8.6.4
   (fixed for the next Tk versions).

5. Fixed a bug that prevented the subcommands "see end", "see last", and
   "yview moveto 1" from working as expected if the tablelist widget
   contains multi-line cells or large images (thanks to Harald Oehlmann
   for his bug report and to Francois Vogel for discussions on this
   subject).

What was new in Tablelist 5.14?
-------------------------------

1. Added the "-colorizecommand" configuration option, enabling you to
   change the colors of arbitrary character regions within the cells of
   the currently visible tablelist rows (thanks to Peter Spjuth for his
   proposal).

2. The "curcellselection" and "curselection" subcommands now accept an
   optional argument with the possible values "-all", "-nonhidden", and
   "-viewable" (thanks to Will Duquette for his proposal).

3. Added the tree styles "plain1", ..., "plain4", "bicolor1", ...,
   "bicolor4", and "classic1", ..., "classic4", suitable for use with
   large fonts and images (needed on high-resolution displays).  In
   addition, the sizes used by the tree styles "vistaAero",
   "vistaClassic", "win7Aero", and "win7Classic" are now automatically
   adapted to the display's scaling level (thanks to Harald Oehlmann for
   his proposal).

4. On Windows Vista and later, automatic scaling is now performed for
   the default arrow style, too.  This made is necessary to add the
   arrow styles "flat11x6" and "flat15x8".

5  Added the arrow style "flat8x4" and the tree style "ubuntu2", suiting
   version 15.04 of the Ubuntu Linux distribution.  Similarly, added the
   tree style "yuyo", inspired by the GTK+ theme Yuyo on Ubuntu MATE.

6. Changed the default arrow color "" and arrow style "sunken10x9" to
   "black" and "flat7x5" on the windowing system "x11" and for the tile
   themes "alt", "clam", "default", "kroc", "sriv", "srivlg", and "step"
   (POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY!).

7. In case of "-selecttype cell", the row containing the active cell is
   now displayed with raised relief (thanks to Holger Jakobs for his
   proposal).

8. Guarded against invocations of the "update" command from within
   binding scripts associated with the <<TablelistSelect>> virtual
   event (thanks to Martyn Smith for his bug report and discussions on
   this topic).

9. Worked around some unexpected events in certain X11 environments,
   which prevented Tablelist 5.13 from starting the interactive cell
   editing in such environments (thanks to Toni Giorgino for his bug
   report and helping me to reproduce this problem).

What was new in Tablelist 5.13?
-------------------------------

1. Added support for Mac OS X 10.10 (Yosemite) (thanks to Kevin Walzer
   for his proposal).

2. Renamed the four arrow styles having the shape of an angle from
   "flat7x5", ..., "flat10x6" to "flatAngle7x5", ..., "flatAngle10x6"
   (POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY!); added the arrow styles "flat7x5",
   "flat9x6", "flatAngle7x4" (which is now the default on Yosemite),
   "flatAngle9x5", and "flatAngle10x7".

3. Added the tree style "mate", inspired by a few GTK+ themes of the
   MATE desktop.

4. Added the "-showeditcursor" configuration option, used to let the
   cursor take on the shape of a pencil whenever a mouse click would
   start an editing session (thanks to Rene Zaumseil and Cesare
   Bavazzano for their proposals).

5. New column configuration option "-changetitlesnipside", which allows
   you to override the alignment-specific default snip side for the
   column's title (thanks to John Vella for his proposal).

6. Support for the word "last" as row, column, cell, or child index,
   indicating the last row/column/cell of the tablelist or the last
   child of a given parent node (remember that the meaning of "end" as a
   row, column, or child index is subcommand-specific).

7. The description of the "imagelabelpath" subcommand in the reference
   manual now contains an example showing how to define bindings for the
   embedded images.

8. Eliminated the endless loop generated by the "yview" subcommand when
   synchronizing two or more tablelist widgets (thanks to Paul Obermeier
   for his bug report).

What was new in Tablelist 5.12.1?
---------------------------------

This is a bugfix-only release.  The corrected files in the "scripts"
directory are "tablelistEdit.tcl" and "tablelistUtil.tcl".

1. Appended the missing 4th argument to the two invocations of the
   procedure "tablelist::moveOrActivate" in the file
   "tablelistEdit.tcl" (thanks to Patrick Fradin and Ralf Fassel for
   their bug reports).

2. Fixed a typo in the file "tablelistUtil.tcl" (Thanks to Patrick
   Fradin for reporting this bug).

What was new in Tablelist 5.12?
-------------------------------

1. Added the "-customdragsource" configuration option, used to indicate
   whether the tablelist widget is a drag source for some drag & drop
   implementation other than TkDND and the drag & drop framework
   included in BWidget.

2. Improvements and extensions in the default binding scripts.  Besides
   providing full compatibility with the Tk listbox, they now perform an
   automatic drag-friendly handling of the selection and of pointer
   movements with mouse button 1 down if the "-customdragsource" option
   was set to true or the tablelist's body was registered as a TkDND or
   BWidget drag source (thanks to Will Duquette for his proposal).  The
   same holds true for the local drag & drop via the "move" subcommand.

3. Added the "hidetargetmark", "showtargetmark", "targetmarkpath", and
   "targetmarkpos" subcommands, for enhanced drop target support (thanks
   to Trevor Williams for his proposal).

4. Added a "Drag & Drop Support" section to the reference manual, with
   examples demonstrating the use of the new subcommands mentioned
   above in a tablelist widget registered as a TkDND or BWidget drop
   target.

5. The visibility of the horizontal separator placed just below the last
   tablelist row if the value of the "-showseparators" option is true
   and that of the "-fullseparators" option is false, can now be 
   controlled with the aid of the new "-showhorizseparator"
   configuration option (thanks to Martyn Smith for his proposal).

6. New values "flat5x3" and "flat5x4" for the "-arrowstyle"
   configuration option, suiting current versions of the Ubuntu Linux
   distribution.

7. Adapted the look & feel of the tree styles "adwaita", "ubuntu", and
   "mint" to current versions of the GTK+ 3 theme Adwaita and of the
   Linux distributions Ubuntu Linux and Linux Mint, respectively.

8. Fixed a long-standing bug related to horizontal scrolling in an empty
   tablelist widget with positve "-titlecolumns" value (thanks to Ulrich
   Seidl for his bug report).

What was new in Tablelist 5.11?
-------------------------------

1. Added the "findrowname" and "findcolumnname" subcommands (thanks to
   Adrian Medrano Calvo for his proposal and discussions on this
   subject).

2. Collapsing a row no longer leads to renumbering the lines for the
   purpose of updating a column configured to display the line numbers
   (thanks to Will Duquette for his proposal).

3. For improved appearance, if the value of the "-showseparators" option
   is true and that of the "-fullseparators" option is false, then a
   horizontal separator is now placed just below the last tablelist row
   (thanks to Allan Silverstein for his proposal).

4. Worked around a peculiarity of Tk on Windows, which caused problems
   when resizing the tablelist window in the presence of embedded images
   or multi-line elements (thanks to Will Duquette for his bug report).

5. Added the missing actualization of the active and anchor row indices
   after moving an item to a different position (thanks to Will Duquette
   for his bug report).

6. Fixed two bugs in Tablelist_tile, related to header labels with
   embedded images (thanks to Ulrich Seidl for his bug reports).

7. Numerous further improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 5.10?
-------------------------------

1.  Added the "-acceptdropcommand" configuration option, used to control
    whether the local drag & drop may move a specified item just before
    a given row (thanks to Nagu and Georgios Petasis for discussions on
    this subject).

2.  Added the "-instanttoggle" configuration option, related to the cell
    editing with the aid of a Tk or tile checkbutton (thanks to Rich
    Wellner for his proposal and discussions on this topic).

3.  Added the "-tight" configuration option, used to eliminate the
    one-pixel additional space left below each tablelist row for Tk
    listbox compatibility (thanks to Koen Breugelmans for his proposal
    and discussions on this subject).

4.  Added the "isviewable" and "viewablerowcount" subcommands (thanks to
    Nagu for proposing the latter).

5.  Improvements related to the value of the "-data" option for the
    virtual events <<TablelistColumnMoved>> and <<TablelistRowMoved>>
    (thanks to Georgios Petasis for discussions on this topic).

6.  The item deletion has become significantly faster, especially in
    tablelists used as tree widgets and in the presence of embedded
    images and/or multi-line elements (thanks to Rob Ratcliff and Rene
    Zaumseil for requesting this performance improvement).

7.  Guarded against column deletions from within non-default binding
    scripts for the header labels (thanks to Ulrich Seidl for his
    input).

8.  Restored the support for Tcl/Tk versions earlier than 8.3, by
    cleaning up the use of elided text in the underlying text widget.
    Similarly, restored the support for Tcl/Tk 8.0, by cleaning up the
    use of "regsub" and that of the <MouseWheel> event (thanks to Joerg
    Mueck for reporting the first two issues).

9.  Improved the package loading mechanism (thanks to Paul Obermeier for
    his bug report).

10. Guarded against potential item insertions or deletions from within
    the command specified as the value of the "-editendcommand" option
    (thanks to Julian H J Loaring for his bug report).

11. Guarded against deletion of embedded images or windows from within
    the command specified as the value of the "-tooltipaddcommand"
    option (thanks to Jan Kandziora for his bug report).

12. Fixed a bug related to column deletion if the "-selecttype" option
    has the value "cell" (thanks to Ulrich Seidl for his bug report).

13. Several further code improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 5.9?
------------------------------

1. Added the "-valign" column and cell configuration option, for
   controlling the vertical alignment of embedded images and windows
   (thanks to Trevor Williams for his proposal).

2. The "-stripebackground" and "-stripeforeground" options can now be
   specified at column level, too (thanks to Christian Gollwitzer for
   his proposal).

3. Improvements related to the Windows 7 platform.

4. Worked around a text widget bug in Tk versions 8.5 and later, related
   to getting the index of the last line in the window if some of the
   lines are elided (thanks to Bernhard Wallner for his bug report).

5. Corrected a typo in the implementation of the "rowconfigure"
   subcommand, introduced in the last Tablelist version (thanks to Jerzy
   Witkowski for reporting this bug).

6. Fixed a bug related to resetting the "-(select)background" and
   "-(select)foreground options at column, row, and cell levels,
   introduced in the previous Tablelist version (thanks to Christian
   Gollwitzer for his bug report).

7. Several further improvements in the code, demo scripts, and
   documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 5.8?
------------------------------

1.  Support for interactive cell editing with the aid of the ctext
    widget (thanks to Sait Dogru for his proposal).

2.  Added the "canceledediting" subcommand (thanks to Martyn Smith for
    his proposal).

3.  The "selection" and "cellselection" subcommands have become by
    orders of magnitude faster (thanks to Jean-Francois Beaud for his
    input that motivated me to speed up these subcommands).

4.  The "-(select)background" and "-(select)foreground options at
    column, row, and cell levels now impose by far less performance
    penalty than in earlier Tablelist versions.

5.  The keyboard traversal during interactive cell editing is now aware
    of changes like appending a new row, performed by the procedure
    specified as the value of the "-editendcommand" configuration option
    (thanks to Andreas Leitgeb for his proposal).

6.  For Tk versions 8.5 or later, most virtual events are now generated
    with the "-data" option set to a suitable event-specific value
    (thanks to Christian Gollwitzer, Andreas Leitgeb, and Nagu for their
    proposals).

7.  Improvements related to the selection mode "extended".

8.  Worked around a peculiarity of Tk on Windows, related to deleting an
    embedded window while resizing a text widget interactively (thanks
    to Harald Oehlmann for his bug report and discussions on this
    topic).

9.  Eliminated a regression introduced in Tablelist version 5.6, related
    to vertical scrolling under Tk 8.5 or later in the presence of
    embedded images or windows (thanks to Patrick Fradin for reporting
    this bug).

10. Fixed a screen refresh problem introduced in Tablelist version 5.6,
    related to wrapped multiline elements (thanks to Rob for his bug
    report).

11. Further code improvements (thanks to Harald Oehlmann for his
    valuable contribution).

12. Added a "Virtual Events" section to the reference manual (thanks to
    Andreas Leitgeb for his proposal).

What was new in Tablelist 5.7?
------------------------------

1.  Added the "cellbbox" subcommand.

2.  Added the "editinfo" subcommand (thanks to Trevor Williams for his
    proposal).

3.  Adapted the tree styles "ubuntu" and "mint" to the latest Ubuntu
    Linux and Linux Mint releases.

4.  Minor change related to the ttk::combobox widget used as edit window
    (thanks to Julian H J Loaring for his input).

5.  Improved the multi-platform support by increased use of virtual
    events.

6.  Worked around a bug in some earlier Tk versions, related to
    checkbuttons without indicator (thanks to Allan Silverstein for his
    input).

7.  Restored the support for Tcl/Tk versions earlier than 8.4, which has
    been broken since the previous Tablelist release, due to the use of
    the "namespace exists" command, introduced in Tcl 8.4 (thanks to
    Ralf Fassel for drawing my attention to this issue).

8.  Fixed a copy & paste bug related to embedded windows, introduced in
    the previous Tablelist version (thanks to Heng Li and David Hanks
    for their bug reports).

9.  Fixed a long-standing bug related to the "cancelediting" subcommand
    and the "-forceeditendcommand" option (thanks to Julian H J Loaring
    for his bug report).

10. Fixed a long-standing minor bug that caused the "-labelbg" column
    configuration option to be accepted by Tablelist_tile, contrary to
    the option of the same name at widget level (thanks to Bernhard
    Wallner for his bug report).

11. Several further improvements in the code and demo scripts (thanks to
    Patrick Fradin for his valuable contribution and to Marianne Baumann
    for her input related to the "-showlabels" option).

What was new in Tablelist 5.6?
------------------------------

1.  Added the tree styles "adwaita", "mint", and "ubuntu", inspired by a
    few GTK+ 3 themes on popular Linux distributions.

2.  Added the "-windowupdate" cell configuration option (thanks to
    Trevor Williams for his valuable contribution).

3.  The item insertion and sorting have become significantly faster,
    especially when using static-width columns.

4.  Embedded windows are now hidden during interactive cell editing
    (thanks to Trevor Williams for discussions on this subject).

5.  Extended the support for the "tileqt" theme to work on KDE 4, too.

6.  Improvements in the documentation (thanks to Glenn Herteg for his
    proposal).

7.  Guarded against the case that a tablelist widget is deleted and its
    name is reused for a widget of a different class (thanks to Roger
    Niva for his valuable input).

8.  Guarded against scripts that start by destroying all children of the
    root window (thanks to Helmut Giese and Gerhard Kraus for drawing my
    attention to this case).

9.  Fixed two bugs related to the "move" subcommand, introduced in
    Tablelist version 5.2 (thanks to "DrS" and Trevor Williams for their
    bug reports).

10. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 5.5?
------------------------------

1. Hidden tablelist elements are no longer excluded from the selection
   (thanks to Martyn Smith for his proposal).  (They are, however,
   ignored when exporting the selection.)

2. Added the "cornerpath" and "cornerlabelpath" subcommands.  The first
   one makes it quite easy to respect the native Mac OS X look & feel,
   where the vertical scrollbar appears placed under the header (thanks
   to Torsten Berg for a related page on the Wiki, which provided me the
   idea for these subcommands).  The "cornerpath" subcommand is now used
   in all demo scrips that contain vertical scrollbars.

3. Added support for the appearance-related changes introduced in Mac
   OS X 10.7 (Lion).

4. On Mac OS X Aqua, the default values of the "-move(column)cursor"
   and "-resizecursor" options are now native cursors.  Besides
   improving the look & feel of tablelist widgets on the Mac, this
   change also works around the problem that on Mac OS X 10.7, Tk
   versions 8.5 and 8.6 can only use native and native-mapped cursors.

5. Removed the "-labelbackground" option from Tablelist_tile, because
   current versions of the tile engine no longer support setting the
   background color for the header labels (and even with earlier tile
   versions, some themes ignored any attempt to change the background
   color of the header labels).

6. Adapted the code to some changes in current tile versions, to make
   sure that in disabled state the tile-based column labels will appear
   in the theme-specific disabled foreground color, as it was the case
   with earlier tile versions (thanks to "tombert" for his related
   posting on comp.lang.tcl).

7. Improved a few binding scripts (thanks to Ulrich Seidl for his bug
   report and testing).

8. Fixed a bug related to embedded windows in a tablelist used as a
   tree widget (again, thanks to Ulrich Seidl for his bug report and
   testing).

9. Several further improvements in the code, demo scripts, and
   documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 5.4?
------------------------------

1. Added the "-populatecommand" configuration option, used by the
   "searchcolumn" subcommand to insert child items on demand before
   checking whether they contain the specified pattern.
   
2. Added the "-autoscan" configuration option, which can be used to
   deactivate the automatic scrolling triggered by leaving the
   tablelist window with mouse button 1 down, in order to avoid any
   conflicts with drag & drop via tkdnd (thanks to Patrick Fradin for
   his valuable contribution).

3. New "isexpanded" subcommand.

4. New value "flat9x6" for the "-arrowstyle" configuration option.

5. Adapted the tree style "oxygen2" to the look of current KDE 4
   versions.

6. Worked around some peculiarities of Tk on Mac OS X Aqua (thanks to
   Torsten Berg for her problem report and discussions on this topic).

7. Improved the check for PNG support in Tk (thanks to Ian Gay for his
   posting on the Wiki related to this subject).

8. Fixed a bug related to the tree style "aqua", introduced in
   Tablelist version 5.3 (thanks to Julian H J Loaring for his bug
   report).

9. Numerous further improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 5.3.1?
--------------------------------

This release contains just one bug-fix and an enhancement:

1. Fixed a bug related to the "-hide" row configuration option,
   introduced in the previous Tablelist version (thanks to Ralf Fassel
   and Michal Sosnowski for their bug reports).

2. Extended the support for the native "Aqua-blue" background for the
   header label of the sort column (which in the previous Tablelist
   release was restricted to Tk versions 8.6 and above) to the Cocoa-
   based Tk patch levels 8.5.9 and above (thanks to Kevin Walzer for
   discussions on this topic and to Paul Obermeier for enabling me to
   access the ActiveTcl 8.5.8 distribution for the Mac).

What was new in Tablelist 5.3?
------------------------------

1. The interactive row move operation (i.e., local drag & drop) now
   supports moving an item outside its parent and dropping it under
   another item as a child (thanks to Dr. Detlef Groth for his
   proposal, thorough testing, and discussions on this topic).

2. Added the "-acceptchildcommand" configuration option, related to the
   local drag & drop.

3. New "searchcolumn" subcommand, supporting a rich set of options
   (thanks to Matthew Callaghan, Adrian Davis, and Jeff Godfrey for
   their proposals).

4. New "getformatted", "getformattedcolumns", and "getformattedcells"
   subcommands.

5. Support for interactive cell editing with the aid of the Tk core and
   tile menubutton widgets (thanks to Georgios Petasis for his
   proposal).

6. Support for the row indices "top" and "bottom" (thanks to Julian H J
   Loaring and Paul Obermeier for their proposals).  Likewise, support
   for the column indices "left" and "right".

7. New value "photo7x7" for the "-arrowstyle" configuration option,
   needed for the "aqua" theme.

8. Adapted the appearance of tablelist widgets on the Macintosh to
   current versions of OS X Aqua.

9. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 5.2?
------------------------------

1.  Added the "-fullseparators" configuration option (thanks to Kevin
    Partin, Martyn Smith, and Harald Oehlmann for their proposals).

2.  Added the tree styles "ambiance", "dust", "dustSand", "newWave",
    "plastik", and "radiance".

3.  The implementation of the "collapse(all)" and "expand(all)"
    subcommands no longer makes use of the "-hide" row configuration
    option, hence you are now free to set the latter (via
    "rowconfigure", "configrowlist", "configrows", or "togglerowhide"),
    regardless of whether the tablelist widget displays a tree
    hierarchy or just a plain list.

4.  The "move" subcommand now supports moving an item outside its
    parent.

5.  Deleting the whole content of a tablelist widget has become
    significantly faster (thanks to Harold Campbell for his input).

6.  Worked around a peculiarity of the text widget related to tag
    handling when deleting a range of lines from its end (thanks to
    Batox for his bug report).

7.  Minor improvements and bug-fixes in the binding scripts (thanks to
    Bernhard Wallner, Batox, and Roger Niva for their bug reports).

8.  Fixed a bug related to the "-selecttype cell" configuration option,
    (re)introduced in Tablelist version 5.0 (thanks to Harold Campbell
    and Dietmar Mueller for their bug reports).

9.  Fixed a bug related to row hiding via "configrowlist" or
    "configrows", introduced in Tablelist version 5.0 (thanks to Michal
    Sosnowski for his bug report).

10. Fixed a long-standing bug related to tooltip support (thanks to
    Trevor Williams for his bug report).

11. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 5.1?
------------------------------

This is a bugfix-only release.  The corrected files in the "scripts"
directory are "tablelistBind.tcl", "tablelistSort.tcl",
"tablelistUtil.tcl", and "tablelistWidget.tcl".

1. Fixed a bug related to item deletion, introduced in the previous
   Tablelist version (thanks to Aric Bills and Roger Niva for their bug
   reports).

2. Fixed a bug related to multi-column sorting, introduced in the
   previous Tablelist version (thanks to Albrecht Mucha for his bug
   report).

3. Fixed a long-standing bug related to column deletion (thanks to
   Liang Sian Yin for his bug report).

4. Fixed a few further minor bugs and typos, introduced in the previous
   Tablelist version (thanks to Patrick Fradin, Roger Niva, Harald
   Oehlmann, and Peter Spjuth for their bug reports).

What was new in Tablelist 5.0?
------------------------------

1.  A tablelist widget is now not only a multi-column listbox, but also
    a multi-column tree widget (thanks to Sebastien Barre, Tillmann
    Basien, Jos Decoster, Dr. Detlef Groth, Kai Morich, Georgios
    Petasis, and Kevin Walzer for their proposals, as well as to Paul
    Obermeier for testing the preliminary version).  This is achieved
    with the aid of the new configuration options "-collapsecommand",
    "-expandcommand", "-treecolumn", and "-treestyle", along with the
    new subcommands "childcount", "childindex", "childkeys", "collapse",
    "collapseall", "depth", "descendantcount", "expand", "expandall",
    "expandedkeys", "insertchild(ren)", "insertchildlist", "noderow",
    "parentkey", and "toplevelkey".

2.  Added the "-editselectedonly" configuration option, related to
    starting the interactive cell editing with mouse button 1 (thanks to
    Julian H J Loaring for discussions on this topic).

3.  New values "flat6x4", "flat9x7", and "flat10x6" for the
    "-arrowstyle" configuration option.

4.  New value "asciinocase" for the "-sortmode" column configuration
    option.

5.  New subcommands "applysorting", "getfullkeys", and "refreshsorting".

6.  Two new demo scripts (and their tile-based counterparts)
    illustrating the use of a tablelist as multi-column tree widget.

7.  The subcommands "insert", "insertlist", "insertchild(ren)", and
    "insertchildlist" now return the list of full keys corresponding to
    the items just inserted.

8.  Fixed a long-standing bug related to the "-labelfont" option (thanks
    to Jacek Jendrysik for his bug report).

9.  Fixed a bug related to the "-text" column configuration option
    (thanks to Paul Obermeier for his bug report).

10. Fixed a long-standing bug related to embedded windows in right-
    aligned columns (thanks to Jerzy Witkowski for his bug report).

11. Numerous further improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 4.12?
-------------------------------

1.  Added the "labeltag" subcommand and the helper command "tablelist::
    getTablelistColumn", designed to be used in non-default binding
    scripts for the header labels.

2.  Support for interactive cell editing with the aid of the tile
    spinbox widget.  The demo script "tileWidgets.tcl" now uses this
    widget when available.

3.  Support for interactive cell editing with the aid of the new mentry
    widget for IPv6 addresses.

4.  Improved the support for Windows Vista and added explicit support
    for the "vista" theme.

5.  Updated the support for the themes "plastik" and "keramik"; added
    support for the "keramik_alt" theme.

6.  Support for the native "Aqua-blue" background, set for the header
    label of the sort column (thanks to Kevin Walzer for his proposal
    and valuable contribution).  For technical reasons, this feature is
    only supported for Mac-Tk versions using Cocoa.

7.  Further improvements in the support for Mac OS X Aqua (thanks to
    Daniel Steffen and Kevin Walzer for their valuable feedback).

8.  Improvements in the binding scripts related to interactive cell
    editing (thanks to Hadas Porat for discussions on this subject).

9.  The binding for the <Double-Button-1> event in the resize area of a
    column header now works as expected for large lists, too.

10. Eliminated a minor regression related to interactive cell editing,
    introduced in the previous Tablelist version (thanks to Kai Morich
    for his valuable input).

11. Fixed a small bug related to interactive cell editing with the aid
    of a text widget (thanks to Bryan Oakley for his bug report and
    valuable suggestion).

12. Fixed a long-standing bug related to the "-listvariable" option in
    disabled state (thanks to Ralf Fassel for his bug report).

13. Added a version-related hint to the "How to use it?" section of the
    Tablelist Programmer's Guide.

What was new in Tablelist 4.11?
-------------------------------

1.  Added the "-columntitles" configuration option, which is mainly a
    simplified form of the "-columns" option (thanks to Roy Terry for
    his proposal).

2.  Added the virtual events <<TablelistColHiddenStateChanged>> and
    <<TablelistRowHiddenStateChanged>>, generated after toggling the
    hidden state of a column or row, respectively (thanks to Jeff 
    Godfrey for his proposal).

3.  Besides with <Button-3>, the optimal column width can now be set
    with <Double-Button-1> in the resize area of the column's header.
    Similarly, the effect of <Shift-Button-3> can also be achieved with
    <Shift-Double-Button-1> in the column label's resize area.

4.  Support for Windows Vista (thanks to Jeremy Cowgar for his input).

5.  The recommended package name is now "tablelist" rather than
    "Tablelist", for compatibility with the ActiveTcl distribution; the
    demo scripts have been changed accordingly.

6.  Made sure that the "-tooltipdelcommand" configuration option won't
    affect other widgets (thanks to Jeff Godfrey for drawing my
    attention to this issue).

7.  Fixed a long-standing nasty bug related to the "yview" subcommand
    (thanks to Nestor Patino for his bug report and very helpful example
    script).

8.  Fixed two bugs related to the "-listvariable" configuration option
    (again, thanks to Nestor Patino for his valuable input).

9.  Fixed a bug related to the item deletion when using Tcl/Tk 8.5
    (thanks to Jos Decoster and Sven Wuytack for their valuable
    contribution to finding and fixing this bug).

10. Fixed a bug related to the "-windowdestroy" cell configuration
    option, introduced in Tablelist 4.9 (thanks to Sebastien Barre for
    his bug report).

What was new in Tablelist 4.10?
-------------------------------

1.  Support for individual binding scripts controlling the interactive
    cell editing, with the aid of the new "editwintag" subcommand
    (thanks to Oscar Fuentes for his valuable input).

2.  Complemented the "attrib" subcommand with the new subcommands
    "hasattrib" and "unsetattrib".

3.  Support for column-, row-, and cell-specific attributes, with the
    aid of the new subcommands "columnattrib", "hascolumnattrib",
    "unsetcolumnattrib", "rowattrib", "hasrowattrib", "unsetrowattrib",
    "cellattrib", "hascellattrib", and "unsetcellattrib".

4.  Support for interactive cell editing with the aid of the new mentry
    widget of type "DateTime", introduced in version 3.2 of the Mentry
    package (thanks to Florian Murr for his proposal).

5.  Made sure that the default bindings are set up immediately when
    loading the package, prior to creating any tablelist widget (thanks
    to Schelte Bron for his proposal and discussions on this topic).

6.  Re-established the support for tile widgets as edit windows in non-
    tile-based tablelist widgets (again, thanks to Schelte Bron for
    reporting that this was broken in the last few Tablelist versions).

7.  Adapted the handling of the tile checkbutton as edit window in the
    "xpnative" theme to some changes made in tile 0.8 (thanks to Jeff
    Godfrey for his bug report).

8.  Guarded against potential widget deletion from within user-defined
    binding scripts or "update (idletasks)" (thanks to Schelte Bron and
    Jan Kandziora for their bug reports).

9.  Updated the (very rarely needed) distribution file "repair.tcl" to
    work with current Tablelist versions (thanks to Robert Stollf for
    his bug report).

10. Corrected the description of the "-height" option in the reference
    manual (thanks to Glenn Herteg for his bug report concerning the
    case "-height 0").

11. Improved the color handling in the "disabled" state (thanks to Rolf
    Ade for his bug report and discussions on this topic).

12. Made the handling of elided text more robust (thanks to Jos Decoster
    for his bug report and valuable contribution).

13. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes (thanks to Albrecht
    Mucha for his valuable input).

What was new in Tablelist 4.9?
------------------------------

1.  Added the "-wrap" column configuration option, which makes it
    possible to display long texts in word-wrapped multi-line rather
    than snipped form (thanks to Alexander Schoepe and Anant Adke for
    their proposals).  Also, added support for interactive cell editing
    with a word- or char-wrapped text widget when using Tk 8.5 (thanks
    to Juberi Rajib for discussions on this topic).

2.  Support for dynamic-width embedded windows, with the aid of the new
    "-stretchwindow" cell configuration option (thanks to Kurt Kurczyk,
    Bryan Oakley, and Rasmus Debitsch for their proposals). The demo
    script "embeddedWindows.tcl" and its tile-based counterpart now make
    use of this option.

3.  New "formatinfo" subcommand, returning information about the cell
    whose content is being formatted by a command specified as the value
    of the "-formatcommand" column configuration option (thanks to Goran
    Ivankovic and Sebastien Barre for their proposals).

4.  Changed the default value of the "-activestyle" configuration option
    from "underline" to "frame" and that of the "-setfocus" option from
    0 to 1, making them conform to similar changes in Tk 8.5 related to
    the listbox widget.

5.  Improved the appearance of the header labels for the "aqua" theme
    (thanks to Torsten Berg for discussing this topic on the Wiki).

6.  Eliminated the potential invocation of the "unknown" command from
    within the Tablelist code (thanks to Roger Niva for discussions on
    this topic).

7.  When starting the interactive cell editing with the aid of a
    combobox widget, the list associated with the latter is only dropped
    down if the combobox is read-only (thanks to Bryan Oakley for his
    proposal).

8.  The "setThemeDefaults" command no longer throws an error if the
    current theme is not explicitly supported by Tablelist.  Instead, it
    uses the options set by the current theme and falls back to the
    "default" one for the rest (thanks to Schelte Bron for his valuable
    contribution).

9.  Improved the tablelist widget's appearance when the header labels
    are not shown (thanks to Mark Garvey for his input).

10. Fixed two bugs related to the optimized item insertion (thanks to
    Harold Campbell and Bryan Oakley for their bug reports).

11. Fixed a bug related to the "-showlinenumbers" column configuration
    option (thanks to Martin Lemburg for his bug report).

12. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 4.8?
------------------------------

This release fixes a few nasty bugs related to the optimized item
insertion, introduced in the previous Tablelist version (thanks to
Harold Campbell, Roger Niva, and Joerg Klingseisen for their bug
reports).

What was new in Tablelist 4.7?
------------------------------

1.  Significant performance improvements related to the "insert",
    "rowconfigure", "sort", "sortbycolumn", and "sortbycolumnlist"
    subcommands (thanks to Harold Campbell for his valuable
    contribution to speeding up the item insertion).  The extent of the
    speed-up depends on the configuration options present at column,
    row, and cell levels.

2.  Support for cell- and column label-specific balloon help, with the
    aid of the new configuration options "-tooltipaddcommand" and
    "-tooltipdelcommand".

3.  New subcommands "iselemsnipped" and "istitlesnipped", which make it
    very easy to display the full cell texts and column titles as
    tooltips for cells and header labels with snipped contents.

4.  New subcommands "configcolumnlist", "configcolumns",
    "configrowlist", "configrows", "configcelllist", and "configcells",
    which allow you to configure several columns/rows/cells with a
    single command invocation (thanks to Harold Campbell, Jeff Godfrey,
    and Paul Obermeier for their proposals).

5.  Worked around some performance problems regarding the "switch"
    command in Tcl 8.5a6/8.5b1 and ActiveTcl 8.4.14.

6.  Made sure that ActiveState's "style::as" package won't break the
    mousewheel bindings (thanks to Michael Schlenker for drawing my
    attention to this problem).

7.  Improved the focus handling when resizing a column interactively
    (thanks to Jorge Enderr for his bug report).

8.  Corrected a typo in the adaptation of vertical scrolling to the
    text widget changes made in Tk 8.5 (thanks to Julian M Noble for
    his posting on the Wiki related to this subject).

9.  Fixed a bug related to hidden rows when having "-selecttype cell",
    introduced in Tablelist version 4.3 (thanks to Harold Campbell for
    his bug report and discussions on this subject).

10. Fixed a bug in the "cellconfigure" subcommand, introduced in the
    previous Tablelist release (thanks to Roy Terry for reporting this
    problem on the Wiki).

11. Fixed a bug in the "-changesnipside" option (thanks to Kai Morich
    for his bug report).

12. Numerous further improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 4.6?
------------------------------

1.  Tablelist_tile now supports tile 0.8 and Tk 8.5a6/8.5b1 (where tile
    is integrated in the core).  The new commands "tablelist::setTheme",
    "tablelist::getCurrentTheme", and "tablelist::getThemes" enable you
    to set and get the current theme and to query the available ones,
    without having to worry about the incompatibilities between the
    various tile versions.

2.  New column configuration option "-changesnipside", which allows you
    to override the alignment-specific default snip side (thanks to
    Georgios Petasis for his proposal).

3.  New "columnwidth" subcommand, with the options "-requested",
    "-stretched", and "-total" (thanks to Matthew Callaghan, Richard
    Finstad, Lieven Forrez, and Tom Roeder for their proposals).

4.  Support for the new virtual event <<TablelistColumnResized>>,
    generated after resizing a column interactively (thanks to Kurt
    Kurczyk for his proposal).

5.  Visual improvement:  Within an active row, the gap to the left or
    right of an embedded image or window no longer appears underlined
    (when the "-activestyle" option has its default value "underline").

6.  Embedded images and windows are no longer hidden during interactive
    cell editing (except the editing with the aid of a Tk or tile
    checkbutton widget).

7.  Significantly improved the redraw and stretching behavior when
    resizing a column interactively.

8.  Eliminated some annoying visual effects caused by hidden columns
    when displaying the items of an already visible tablelist widget
    (thanks to Rolf Ade for discussions on this topic).

9.  Adapted the implementation of vertical scrolling to the text widget
    changes made in Tk 8.5 (thanks to Julian M Noble for his posting on
    the Wiki related to this subject).

10. Fixed a bug related to hidden rows, introduced in Tablelist version
    4.3 (thanks to Matthew Callaghan for his bug report).

11. Eliminated the possible endless loop caused by some option database
    settings in the "seecell" subcommand (thanks to Erik Allaert and
    Mauro Comin for reporting this bug).

12. Added a detailed performance-related hint to the description of the
    "-listvariable" configuration option.

13. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 4.5?
------------------------------

1.  Static-width columns are now displayed much faster than in earlier
    Tablelist releases.

2.  Quite significantly reduced the performance penalty imposed by
    various column, row, and cell configuration options when sorting,
    redisplaying, moving, or deleting tablelist items.

3.  Embedded images are now handled much more efficiently and are
    displayed much faster than in earlier Tablelist versions.

4.  New column configuration option "-showlinenumbers" (thanks to Rolf
    Schroedter and Sean Xu for their proposals and to Kathrin Klaes for
    testing the implementation).

5.  Support for tile-based multi-entry widgets (introduced in Mentry
    3.0) used as edit windows.

6.  Significantly improved the handling of the <<ThemeChanged>> virtual
    event.

7.  Defined more reasonable windowing system- and theme-specific default
    values for the "-arrowdisabledcolor" option.

8.  Improved and simplified the package loading mechanism (thanks to
    Andreas Kupries for his valuable contribution).

9.  Eliminated the "togglevisibility" subcommand, which was deprecated
    in the previous Tablelist version in favor of "togglecolumnhide".

10. Fixed a bug in the implementation of the "deletecolumns" subcommand,
    introduced in the previous Tablelist release (thanks to Kai Morich,
    Kurt Kurczyk, and Dave Leslie for their bug reports).

11. Fixed two binding-related bugs (thanks to Mark Garvey and Kurt
    Kurczyk for their bug reports).

12. Fixed a bug related to the handling of the "tileqt" theme (thanks to
    Andres Garcia for his bug report).

13. Fixed a small but annoying bug related to the "-maxwidth" column
    configuration option, introduced in the previous Tablelist version.

14. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes (thanks to
    Patrick Fradin and Georgios Petasis for their valuable feedback).

What was new in Tablelist 4.4?
------------------------------

1.  New row configuration option "-hide" (thanks to Jeff Godfrey,
    Patrick Fradin. Hemang Lavana, and Martyn Smith for their
    proposals, and especially to Harold Campbell for providing the
    initial implementation and testing the final one.)  For performance
    reasons this option is implemented by using elided text in the
    underlying text widget, and therefore it is not supported for Tk
    versions earlier than 8.3.

2.  New subcommand "togglerowhide" for hiding/unhiding several rows at
    a time (not supported for Tk versions earlier than 8.3).

3.  Renamed the "togglevisibility" subcommand to "togglecolumnhide".
    The old name is still supported, but will be eliminated in the next
    Tablelist release.

4.  New command "tablelist::setThemeDefaults", which can be used to
    make sure that classical Tk widgets, e.g., text, will have a theme-
    specific appearance, just like the tile widgets.  The tile-based
    demo scripts now make use of this command.

5.  When using the "tileqt" theme, the version number of TileQt must be
    0.3 or higher (thanks to Georgios Petasis for providing the new
    "tileqt" features used in this Tablelist release).

6.  For Tk 8.3 or later, hidden columns are now handled by using elided
    text, which results in very significant performance improvements
    (thanks to Harold Campbell for his valuable contribution).

7.  Improved the handling of the "-listvariable" option in connection
    with snit widgetadaptors (thanks to Rolf Ade for his bug-fix).

8.  Corrected a typo in the implementation of the "move" subcommand,
    introduced in the previous release (thanks to Jerome Siot for his
    bug report).

9.  Improved the handling of the virtual event <<ThemeChanged>> (thanks
    to Wofgang Grosser for his bug report).

10. Fixed a long-standing bug related to hidden columns (thanks to Dave
    Leslie for his bug report).

11. Worked around a peculiarity of the "place" command on Windows,
    which caused refresh problems in column labels with images (thanks
    to Sebastien Barre for his bug report).

12. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 4.3?
------------------------------

1. Support for multi-line cells:  Newline characters now force line
   breaks when displaying the items (thanks to Sebastien Barre,
   Tillmann Basien, Cameron Laird, Kai Morich, and Vaclav Snajdr for
   their proposals).  In addition, interactive cell editing can now
   take place with the aid of a text widget, too (this has caused a few
   minor changes in the default key bindings for the edit window).

2. Support for multi-column sorting with the aid of the new subcommands
   "sortbycolumnlist", "sortcolumnlist", and "sortorderlist", as well
   as of the new command "tablelist::addToSortColumns".  The latter is
   designed to be specified as the value of the new widget and column
   configuration option "-labelcommand2", whose value is invoked on 
   <Shift-Button-1> events.  Multi-column sorting is visualized by
   means of multiple sort arrows, which are displayed together with the
   corresponding sort ranks.  (Thanks to Harold Campbell for proposing
   most of these features, providing the initial implementation, and
   testing the final one.)

3. New configuration option "-setfocus", specifying whether mouse
   button 1 should set the focus to the tablelist's body (thanks to
   Tillmann Basien for discussions on this topic).

4. Replaced the contents of the directory "images" with a script file
   containing procedures that create the bitmap images from inline data
   (thanks to Mats Bengtsson, Patrick Fradin, and Kai Morich for their
   proposals).

5. Fixed a bug related to the use of a tile entry within a non-tile-
   based tablelist widget on Windows XP (thanks to Schelte Bron for his
   bug report).

6. The handling of <Command-Key> events during interactive cell editing
   is now explicitly restricted to Mac OS Classic and Mac OS X Aqua,
   because, strangely enough, on Windows these events are generated by
   simple keypresses if Num Lock is active.

7. Numerous further code improvements, minor bug-fixes, and support for
   several recent changes in tile.

8. Cleaned up the documentation, to make sure that the HTML files
   generated for the ActiveTcl distribution with the tool HTML Tidy
   will be syntactically identical to the original ones.

What was new in Tablelist 4.2?
------------------------------

1.  The resize area of the header labels now consists of a few pixels
    on both sides of the right edge (thanks to Bryan Oakley for
    suggesting this improvement).

2.  Made sure that the header labels have the right appearance in the
    "aqua" theme when using tile version 0.6.4 or later (thanks to
    Bryan Oakley for his bug report).

3.  Several further improvements related to Mac OS X Aqua (for example,
    support for the "Command" key during keyboard navigation between
    the editable cells).

4.  Fixed a very long-standing bug in the "containing" subcommand
    (thanks to Mats Bengtsson, Schelte Bron, and Mark Garvey for their
    bug reports).

5.  Fixed a bug related to the "xpnative" theme, introduced in the
    previous release (thanks to Mark Garvey, Jeff Godfrey, and Uwe
    Koloska for their bug reports).

6.  Fixed another very long-standing bug, related to insertion and
    deletion of columns having images in their labels (thanks to
    Sebastien Barre for his bug report).

7.  Fixed an old bug related to embedding images or windows into hidden
    cells (again, thanks to Sebastien Barre for reporting this bug).

8.  The demo scripts now work independently of their location (this
    small improvement reflects the fact that Tablelist is now included
    in tklib, where the examples are in a location different from
    "$tablelist::library/demos").

9.  Adapted two tile-based demo scripts to the recently released tile
    version 0.7.

10. Several further improvements in the code and documentation (thanks
    to Patrick Fradin for his valuable contribution).

What was new in Tablelist 4.1?
------------------------------

1.  Significantly extended the tile support in the Tablelist_tile
    package:  Header labels now look and behave like the column
    headings of treeview widgets, and over a dozen configuration
    options have theme-specific default values (thanks to Paul
    Obermeier for his excellent "poImgview" application, which helped
    me a lot during this work, as well as to Georgios Petasis for his
    Qt-related hints).

2.  Header labels containing the mouse cursor are now set into active
    state.  Their appearance is controlled in the Tablelist package by
    the new configuration options "-labelactivebackground" and
    "-labelactiveforeground", while the Tablelist_tile package uses
    theme-specific background and foreground colors for the active and
    pressed states of the labels.

3.  New configuration option "-arrowstyle", specifying the flat or
    sunken relief and the dimensions of the arrow indicating the
    sorting order.  This option has windowing system- and theme-
    specific default values.

4.  New configuration option "-protecttitlecolumns", used to protect
    the title column boundary from being crossed when moving a column
    interactively (thanks to Schelte Bron for his proposal).

5.  New configuration option "-spacing", specifying additional space to
    provide above and below each tablelist row (thanks to Sebastien
    Barre for his proposal).

6.  New column configuration option "-stretchable", complementing the
    global "-stretch" option (thanks to Sebastien Barre for his
    proposal).

7.  New row configuration option "-name", whose value can also be used
    as a row index and as the first component of a cell index (thanks
    to John Kozura for his proposal).

8.  New cell configuration option "-windowdestroy", specifying a script
    to be invoked when a window embedded into the cell is destroyed
    (thanks to Sebastien Barre for his proposal).

9.  New "imagelabelpath" subcommand (thanks to Schelte Bron for his
    proposal).

10. Keyboard navigation during interactive cell editing now works on
    Mac OS X Aqua, too.

11. Restored the support for Tcl/Tk versions earlier than 8.3, by
    cleaning up the handling of the "-titlecolumns" option (thanks to
    Andreas Flach and Brian O'Hagan for their bug reports).

12. Restored the support for Tcl/Tk versions earlier than 8.0.4, which
    has been broken since release 3.5, due to the use of the
    <MouseWheel> event, introduced in Tk 8.0.4 (thanks to Brian O'Hagan
    for his valuable contribution).

13. Worked around a peculiarity of the text widget's "dump -window"
    command (thanks to Greg Reynolds for his bug-fix).

14. Fixed a binding-related bug in "extended" selection mode (thanks to
    David Mattinson for his bug-fix).

15. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes (thanks to
    Schelte Bron, Patrick Fradin, Silas Justiniano, and Uwe Koloska for
    their bug reports and valuable contributions).

What was new in Tablelist 4.0?
------------------------------

1.  Support for the tile entry, combobox, and checkbutton widgets for
    interactive cell editing (thanks to Miguel Bagnon, Andy Black,
    Adrian Chan, and Mark Garvey for their proposals and to Mats
    Bengtsson and Kevin Walzer for their support on the Macintosh).
    See the new reference page "tablelistTile.html" for details.

2.  Support for tile-compatibility:  By just specifying "package
    require Tablelist_tile" instead of "package require Tablelist", the
    tablelist widgets will have a modern theme-specific appearance
    (again, thanks to the above-mentioned Tablelist users for their
    suggestions and assistance).  See the "How to use it?" and "More on
    Tablelist_tile" sections of the tutorial "tablelist.html" for
    details.

3.  New demo script "tileWidgets.tcl", illustrating the use of tile
    widgets for interactive cell editing and of the Tablelist_tile
    package.  All the other demo scripts are now provided in both a
    traditional and a tile-based version.  See the "Tile-based demo
    scripts" section of the tutorial "tablelist.html" for an example
    and some screenshots.

4.  The Tk checkbutton used for interactive cell editing is now a
    platform-specific checkbutton widget on Windows and the Macintosh
    (thanks to Mats Bengtsson for his help related to the Macintosh
    platform).

5.  The "-editwindow" option is now available at cell level, too
    (thanks to Kenneth Green for his proposal).

6.  New subcommand "togglevisibility" for hiding/unhiding several
    columns at a time (thanks to Stefan Finzel and Kai Morich for their
    proposals).

7.  Support for the new virtual event <<TablelistSelectionLost>>,
    generated when a tablelist widget having "-exportselection 1" loses
    the selection (thanks to Aldo Buratti for his proposal).

8.  After sorting the items, the "most important" row is automatically
    brought into view (thanks to Kai Morich for his valuable input).

9.  Worked around a peculiarity of Tk for Windows, related to mouse
    events (thanks to Tore Morkemo and Mike Collins for their bug
    reports).

10. Worked around a problem related to the visibility of the up/down-
    arrow on Mac OS X Aqua (thanks to Kevin Walzer for his bug report).

11. Fixed a bug in the "seecell" subcommand, introduced in Tablelist
    version 3.7 (thanks to Stefan Finzel for his bug report).

12. Fixed a bug in the "rowconfigure" subcommand, introduced in the
    previous Tablelist release (thanks to Tore Morkemo for his bug
    report).

13. Eliminated the memory leak caused by incomplete cleanup on deleting
    rows with embedded windows (thanks to David Cockerell for his bug
    report).

14. Fixed a small timing-related bug in the "editcell" subcommand
    (thanks to Kenneth Green for his bug report).

15. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes (thanks to Greg
    Reynolds for his valuable input).

What was new in Tablelist 3.8?
------------------------------

1. New configuration option "-forceeditendcommand", controlling the
   invocation of the script corresponding to the value of the
   "-editendcommand" option (thanks to Nestor Patino for his proposal).
 
2. New subcommands "getcells" and "windowpath" (thanks to Jeff Godfrey
   and Mike Collins for their proposals).

3. Support for the new virtual event <<TablelistCellRestored>>,
   generated by the "cancelediting" subcommand.

4. Significantly improved the performance of the "delete",
   "deletecolumns", and "movecolumn" subcommands for tablelist widgets
   having color or font options set at column, row, or cell level
   (thanks to Michael Bahr for his valuable feedback).

5. Improved the autoscrolling with the left mouse button in both the
   body and the header of a tablelist widget having title columns.

6. Fixed a bug related to the "-titlecolumns" option, introduced in the
   previous Tablelist release (thanks to Alexander Schoepe for his bug
   report).

7. Fixed a typo in the implementation of the "seecell" subcommand,
   introduced in the previous Tablelist release (thanks to Patrick
   Fradin for his bug report).

8. Improved the demo script "embeddedWindows.tcl" (thanks to Patrick
   Fradin for his valuable input).

9. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 3.7?
------------------------------

1. New configuration option "-titlecolumns", specifying the number of
   the non-scrollable columns at the left edge of the window (thanks to
   Goran Ivankovic, Paul Kienzle, Hemang Lavana, and Takeshi Sakamoto
   for their proposals).  For technical reasons (the use of the
   "-elide" option for a text widget tag), this option is not supported
   for Tk versions earlier than 8.3.

2. Extended the "separatorpath" and "separators" subcommands, to
   support the new special separator, which is displayed to mark the
   end of the title columns, independently of the value of the
   "-showseparators" option.

3. The "-stripebackground" and "-stripeforeground" options now have a
   higher priority than the "-background" and "-foreground" column
   configuration options, respectively (see the demo script
   "styles.tcl", which has been extended to illustrate this change).

4. Improved the handling of embedded images with transparent
   background, complementing the changes made in the previous Tablelist
   release (thanks to Kai Morich for his valuable contribution).

5. Improved the implementation of the "seecell" subcommand for centered
   and right-aligned columns.

6. Fixed two bugs related to the "rowconfigure" subcommand, introduced
   in Tablelist version 3.5 (thanks to Ted Branscomb and Roger Niva for
   their bug reports).

7. Fixed an old bug related to the "movecolumn" subcommand.

8. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 3.6?
------------------------------

1.  Support for embedded windows, with the aid of the new cell
    configuration option "-window" (thanks to Wolf Grossi, Glenn
    Herteg, Takeshi Sakamoto, and Keesang Song for proposing this
    option).

2.  New demo script "embeddedWindows.tcl" illustrating the use of
    embedded windows in tablelist widgets; this is discussed in a new
    section of the tutorial "tablelist.html".

3.  Significantly improved and optimized the handling of embedded
    images.

4.  Simplified the support for user-defined binding scripts with the
    aid of the new commands "tablelist::getTablelistPath" and
    "tablelist::convEventFields", as well as of a new binding tag whose
    name is returned by the new "bodytag" subcommand (which is now used
    in the demo script "browse.tcl").

5.  Support for the new virtual events <<TablelistRowMoved>>,
    <<TablelistColumnMoved>>, <<TablelistColumnSorted>> and
    <<TablelistCellUpdated>> (thanks to John Vidolich for his
    proposal).  In addition, the new virtual event <<TablelistSelect>>
    can now be used instead of <<ListboxSelect>> (which is supported
    for compatibility reasons).

6.  New subcommand "itemlistvar", for accessing the tablelist widget's
    internal list (thanks to Patrick Fradin for his valuable input).

7.  Fixed a bug related to the "-listvariable" option, introduced in
    the previous Tablelist release (thanks to Torsten Reincke for his
    bug report).

8.  Fixed two bugs related to the "cellselection" subcommand (thanks to
    John Vidolich for his bug report).

9.  Fixed a few typos and minor bugs in the default binding scripts
    (thanks to Patrick Fradin, Tore Morkemo, and Torsten Reincke for
    their bug reports).

10. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 3.5?
------------------------------

1.  New configuration option "-selecttype" with the values "row" and
    "cell", and new binding scripts supporting these two selection
    types (thanks to Kevin Partin for his proposal and to Dietmar
    Mueller for his valuable contribution).

2.  New subcommands "activatecell", "cellselection", and
    "curcellselection", used in the binding scripts mentioned above.

3.  The words "active" and "anchor" are now recognized as valid column
    and cell indices, too.

4.  New configuration options "-movablerows" and "-movecursor", and new
    mouse bindings for moving a row interactively (thanks to Dan Rogahn
    for his valuable contribution).

5.  The key sequences used for navigation between the editable cells
    now also move the active item or element and change the
    (cell)selection and the (cell)selection anchor in the body of the
    tablelist widget.

6.  Improved the handling and appearance of the checkbutton widget when
    used as edit window (thanks to Kevin Partin for reporting a problem
    experienced when the tablelist is embedded into an Iwidgets
    dialogshell).

7.  The "-listvariable" option now supports variable names returned by
    the "itcl::scope" command, too (thanks to Nicolae Mihalache for his
    bug report).

8.  Fixed a very long-standing bug related to horizontal scrolling when
    using a non-default font (thanks to Brand Hilton for his bug report
    and fix).

9.  Fixed another very long-standing bug, related to list variables
    (thanks to Dr. Detlef Groth and John R. Smith for their bug
    reports).

10. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes (thanks to
    Patrick Fradin for his valuable input).

What was new in Tablelist 3.4?
------------------------------

1.  New column configuration option "-editwindow", specifying the
    widget type used for interactive cell editing in the respective
    column (thanks to Damon Courtney, Patrick Fradin, and Keesang Song
    for their proposals and to Mats Bengtsson and Benny Riefenstein for
    their help related to the Macintosh platform).  The edit window may
    be a Tk core entry, spinbox, or checkbutton, or one of the 16
    supported widgets from the packages BWidget, Iwidgets, combobox (by
    Bryan Oakley), and Mentry.

2.  New subcommand "editwinpath".

3.  Three new demo scripts illustrating the use of the "-editwindow"
    option; these are discussed in a new section of the tutorial
    "tablelist.html".

4.  New column configuration option "-maxwidth" (thanks to Tore Morkemo
    for his proposal).

5.  The <Shift-Button-3> event in a column label now restores the
    column's last static width (thanks to Dietmar Mueller for his
    valuable input).

6.  Changing a tablelist's font now updates the column widths
    accordingly.

7.  Improved the handling of the "-setgrid" option.

8.  Improved the error handling related to the option database in the
    general mega-widget utility module "mwutil.tcl".

9.  Fixed a minor bug in the "containingcolumn" subcommand (thanks to
    David Mattinson for his bug report).

10. Restored the support for Tcl/Tk versions earlier than 8.0.4, which
    has been broken since release 3.0, due to the use of the
    <MouseWheel> event, introduced in Tk 8.0.4.

11. Further code improvements (thanks to Patrick Fradin for his
    valuable input).

12. Many improvements in the documentation, including a new Quick
    Reference section (thanks to Dietmar Mueller for his valuable
    contribution).

What was new in Tablelist 3.3?
------------------------------

1. New column configuration option "-text" (thanks to Paul Kienzle for
   his proposal).

2. New subcommands "containing", "containingcolumn", "containingcell",
   and "fillcolumn".

3. New subcommands "deletecolumns", "insertcolumns", and
   "insertcolumnlist" (thanks to Kevin Partin and Paul Kienzle for
   their proposals).

4. Renamed the subcommands "getcolumn" and "getkey" to "getcolumns" and
   "getkeys", respectively.  (This won't break any existing scripts,
   because the old command names are abbreviations of the new ones.)

5. Restored the support for Tcl/Tk versions earlier than 8.4, which was
   broken in Tablelist 3.1 and 3.2, due to the use of the improved
   syntax of the "place configure" command, introduced in Tk 8.4
   (thanks to David Mattinson, Kurt Braganza, and Alexander Baath for
   reporting this problem).

6. Fixed a bug in the "editcell" subcommand, introduced in Tablelist
   3.1 (thanks to Damon Courtney for his bug report).

7. Improved the demo script "config.tcl" (thanks to Mats Bengtsson for
   his input).

8. Restructured the code by moving several procedures from the
   distribution file "tablelistWidget.tcl" into smaller, more
   manageable modules.

9. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 3.2?
------------------------------

1. The key associated with a tablelist item can now be used as a row
   index and as the first component of a cell index of the form
   "row,col".

2. The "delete", "get", "getcolumn", "getkey", "selection clear", and
   "selection set" subcommands now also accept a list of indices as
   single argument (thanks to Damon Courtney and Erik Leunissen for
   their proposals).

3. Made the interactive "movecolumn" operation more intuitive and
   compatible with the behavior exhibited by similar actions in popular
   applications on various platforms (thanks to Paul Kienzle for his
   suggestion).  For example, the target position of the column being
   moved is now indicated by a temporary gap displayed in the
   tablelist's header.

4. New configuration option "-targetcolor", used to set the color of
   the gap mentioned above.

5. Fixed a bug related to the <MouseWheel> event, caused by a missing
   close-bracket in the last release (thanks to Patrick Fradin for his
   bug report).

6. Fixed a bug that raised an error in the "movecolumn" command for an
   empty tablelist widget (thanks to Paul Kienzle for his bug report).

7. The workaround in the "xview" and "yview" subcommands for a Tk bug
   under Mac OS X Aqua is now only activated for that windowing system,
   since (as reported by Patrick Fradin) it caused problems on some
   other systems.

8. Further minor code improvements.

What was new in Tablelist 3.1?
------------------------------

1.  New configuration options "-movablecolumns" and
    "-movecolumncursor".

2.  New column configuration option "-name", whose value can also be
    used as a column index and as the second component of a cell index
    of the form "row,col".

3.  New subcommands "move", "movecolumn", "getcolumn", "getkey", and
    "finishediting" (thanks to Damon Courtney, Daniel Fehrenbach, Jeff
    Godfrey, and Kevin Partin for their proposals).

4.  Extended the scope of the "cancelediting" subcommand.

5.  New mouse bindings for moving a column interactively.

6.  The autoscrolling, as described in the "DEFAULT BINDINGS" section
    of the "listbox" manual entry, is now implemented for the header of
    a tablelist widget, too.

7.  The interactive cell editing is now finished by any mouse click in
    the tablelist's body, outside the cell just being edited (thanks to
    Patrick Fradin and Jeff Godfrey for this suggestion).

8.  The value returned by the "selection includes" command no longer
    depends on the tablelist's state.

9.  Worked around a bug in Tk 8.4.0 and 8.4.1 related to the "selection
    handle" command, which caused crashes under KDE 3.0 (thanks to
    Andres Garcia for reporting this and to Joe English for suggesting
    the workaround and fixing the bug in Tk 8.4.2).

10. Improved the support of Mac OS X Aqua and Mac OS Classic (thanks to
    Mats Bengtsson, Raymond Calande, Techin Alex Kang, Bernhard
    Spinnler, and especially to Benny Riefenstein for their valuable
    contributions).

11. Fixed a bug related to the invocation of the "cellconfigure"
    subcommand from within a pre-edit callback (thanks to Dr. Johannes-
    Heinrich Vogeler for his bug report).

12. Several performance improvements (thanks to Patrick Fradin for his
    valuable suggestions).

13. Improved the platform-specific stuff in the demo scripts
    "config.tcl" and "browse.tcl".

14. Numerous further improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 3.0?
------------------------------

The main new feature provided by this release is the support for
interactive cell editing (thanks to Juri Shimon, Dr. Johannes-Heinrich
Vogeler, and Jeff Godfrey for their proposal).  The first three items
below are related to this subject:

1. New configuration options "-editstartcommand" and "-editendcommand".

2. New column and cell configuration option "-editable".

3. New subcommands "editcell", "entrypath", "cancelediting", and
   "rejectinput".

Further changes:

4. New subcommands "seecolumn" and "seecell".

5. Tabulator and newline characters are now retained in the internal
   list, displayed as "\t" and "\n", and supported by interactive cell
   editing (thanks to Jacek Jenrysik for his query concerning multi-
   line items).

6. The redisplay and sorting of tablelist items have become
   dramatically faster (thanks to Matt Becker for his input that
   determined me to optimize these operations, and also for his
   testing).

7. Further performance improvements (thanks to Patrick Fradin for his
   valuable contribution).

8. The option values displayed by the demo script "config.tcl" can now
   be edited interactively.

9. Minor improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 2.8?
------------------------------

1. The trailing or leading ellipsis ("...") used when displaying the
   elements that don't fit into their cells can now be replaced with an
   arbitrary string specified with the aid of the new "-snipstring"
   configuration option (thanks to Tore Morkemo for his proposal).

2. New value "none" for the "-activestyle" configuration option.

3. When exporting the selection, the elements of the hidden columns are
   now skipped and the contents of the visible cells are transformed
   according to the value of the "-formatcommand" option for the
   corresponding columns.

4. Improved and simplified the focus control (thanks to Juri Shimon and
   Gopal Reddy for their bug reports).

5. Further minor code improvements.

What was new in Tablelist 2.7?
------------------------------

1. Increased the speed of the "insert" and "insertlist" subcommands as
   well as that of item insertions with the aid of the "-listvariable"
   option by a factor of about 1.3.  The "insert" subcommand is now
   about 2.3 times faster than in version 2.4.  Compared to version
   2.4, item insertion with the aid of the "-listvariable" option has
   become more than 10 times faster.

2. The number of pixels by which a column is stretched is now
   proportional to its width in pixels.  Based on this change,
   significantly improved the stretching behavior after an interactive
   column resize operation (thanks to Mats Bengtsson for his valuable
   suggestions).

3. Fixed a bug in the "-(label)font" and "-labelborderwidth"
   configuration options, introduced in version 2.5 (thanks to Bastien
   Chevreux for his bug report).

4. Fixed a bug in the "columncget", "rowcget", and "cellcget"
   subcommands, introduced in version 2.3 (again, thanks to Bastien
   Chevreux for reporting this bug).

5. Fixed a bug in the binding scripts for the binding tag
   "TablelistBody" (thanks to Miguel Bagnon for his bug report).

6. Applied a patch proposed by Jeff Adamczak that works around a bug in
   the "lsort" command, present in Tcl versions 8.0 - 8.3.2.

7. Applied a patch proposed (in a slightly different form) by Mats
   Bengtsson that works around a bug in the "info script" command on
   the Macintosh.

8. Further minor code improvements.

What was new in Tablelist 2.6?
------------------------------

The only change in this version is a bug-fix eliminating a rather nasty
bug in the "insert" and "insertlist" subcommands, introduced in the
previous release.  Thanks to Mats Bengtsson for his bug report and to
Jeffrey Hobbs for suggesting me to bump the version number to 2.6.

What was new in Tablelist 2.5?
------------------------------

1. Increased the speed of the "insert" subcommand by a factor of about
   1.8 and that of item insertions with the aid of the "-listvariable"
   option by a factor of about 8.  (These figures are based on speed
   measurements made with two tablelist widgets: one having 1000 rows
   and 10 columns and another one with 5000 rows and 20 columns.)

2. The "delete", "sort", and "sortbycolumn" subcommands, as well as row
   and cell updates with the aid of the "rowconfigure" and
   "cellconfigure" operations have also become significantly faster.

3. New "insertlist" subcommand.

4. New "-stripeheight" configuration option (thanks to Gregory Samoluk
   for his proposal).

5. If no columns are to be stretched then the blank space following the
   header labels is now filled with a dummy, insensitive label having
   the same background, borderwidth, and relief as the "normal" header
   labels.

6. Fixed a bug concerning the placement of the arrow indicating the
   sorting order (thanks to Robert Minichino for his bug report).

7. Improved the handling of header labels with embedded images, to
   eliminate some peculiarities experienced on Windows.

8. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 2.4?
------------------------------

1. New column configuration option "-formatcommand" (thanks to Jeff
   Godfrey for his proposal).  This option is now used in the demo
   script "browse.tcl".

2. New row configuration option "-selectable" (thanks to Tore Morkemo
   for this proposal).

3. Significantly improved the performance of the row and cell updates,
   as well as of the "delete" subcommand (thanks to Emanuele Lupi for
   her input that determined me to optimize these operations).

4. The widget implementation is now fully compatible with the recent
   changes made in Tk 8.4a4 (thanks to Patrick Fradin for his input).

5. Pop-up menus as children of a tablelist widget cause no problem any
   longer (thanks to Andres Garcia and Bastien Chevreux for reporting
   this bug, introduced in the previous release).

6. Fixed a bug caused by the delayed redisplay after changing the
   number of columns (thanks to Tore Morkemo for his bug report).

7. Minor improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 2.3?
------------------------------

1. New configuration option "-activestyle", enabling to surround the
   active item with a frame instead of underlining it.

2. The columns can now be separated with borders, by making use of the
   new configuration option "-showseparators".

3. A nice distinguishing effect for the rows can now be obtained with
   the aid of the new configuration options "-stripebackground" and
   "-stripeforeground".

4. New tablelist widget subcommands "separatorpath" and "separators".

5. Fixed a bug related to the column index if the header labels are
   hidden (thanks to Emanuele Lupi for her bug report).

6. New demo script "styles.tcl", showing several ways to improve the
   appearance of a tablelist widget.

7. The demo scripts "config.tcl" and "browse.tcl" now make use of the
   new "-stripebackground" option.

8. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes (thanks to Patrick
   Fradin for his valuable input).

What was new in Tablelist 2.2?
------------------------------

1. The "-font" configuration option can now be specified at column,
   row, and cell level, too (this was proposed and partly implemented
   by Patrick Fradin).  The data will be aligned properly, no matter if
   the fonts are of different sizes.

2. Significantly improved the performance of the Tcl command associated
   with a tablelist widget, especially that of the "delete", "sort",
   and "sortbycolumn" subcommands for a large number (i.e., several
   thousands) of items.

3. Corrected the creation of the arrow indicating the sorting order, to
   make sure that it works under all supported Tcl/Tk versions (thanks
   to Juri Shimon and Andres Garcia for their bug reports).

4. Several improvements in the demo scripts "config.tcl" and
   "browse.tcl".  Among others, the GUIs generated by these scripts now
   have a better platform-specific look & feel (many thanks to Mats
   Bengtsson for his valuable suggestions concerning the Macintosh
   platform).

5. Further minor improvements in the code.

What was new in Tablelist 2.1?
------------------------------

1. The up- or down-arrow indicating the sorting order now has a 3-D
   border, giving the arrow a sunken relief.

2. Due to the new 3-D look of the arrow, the default values of the
   "-arrowcolor" and "-arrowdisabledcolor" configuration options have
   been changed to an empty string, indicating that the arrow will
   inherit the background color of the label in which it is placed.

3. Several improvements in the demo script "browse.tcl".

4. Minor improvements in the code and documentation.

5. The distribution file "tablelist2_1.zip" for Windows now includes
   the "tablelist2.1" directory, hence it is no longer necessary to
   create this folder before unpacking the distribution file (thanks to
   Kevin Partin for this suggestion).

What was new in Tablelist 2.0?
------------------------------

1.  New cell configuration option "-image", used to set and retrieve
    the image to be displayed (by itself or together with a text) in a
    cell of a tablelist widget.

2.  New column configuration option "-labelimage" specifying the image
    to be displayed (by itself or combined with a text) in a column
    label.

3.  The alignment of a header label can now be defined to be different
    from that of the elements contained in its column, by using the new
    column configuration option "-labelalign".

4.  Renamed the column configuration option "-justify" to "-align",
    because (at least in the case of the header labels) this actually
    specifies not only the justification, but also the anchor point.
    Hopefully, this POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY will not break too many
    existing applications, because the column alignments are usually
    specified within the "-columns" global option.

5.  Fixed a bug that raised an error when some configuration options
    were specified at widget creation time before the "-columns" option
    (thanks to Bastien Chevreux for his bug report).

6.  Reverted the implementation of the focus control to that contained
    in the pre-1.6 Tablelist releases, because its simplified version
    from the last release failed to work as expected if a tablelist was
    the only widget taking the focus during keyboard traversal (thanks
    to Juri Shimon for his bug report).

7.  Fixed a bug that caused an erronous return value of the "labels"
    subcommand if the arrow indicating the sorting order was displayed.

8.  Several performance improvements, kindly contributed by Patrick
    Fradin.

9.  To improve the performance even further, the invocations of "info
    exists" for array elements are no longer replaced with a call to a
    helper procedure (introduced in Tablelist 1.2), because the Tcl bug
    that made this necessary for Tcl versions 8.2, 8.3.0 - 8.3.2, and
    8.4a1 was fixed in Tcl 8.3.3 and 8.4a2.  If for some reason you
    cannot upgrade your Tcl/Tk version, then you should patch the file
    "tablelistWidget.tcl" with the aid of the script "repair.tcl", as
    described in the files "README.txt" and "tablelist.html".

10. The demo script "browse.tcl" now inserts an image into the first
    cell of each row of the tablelist widget.

11. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 1.6?
------------------------------

1. The value of the "-stretch" configuration option is now ignored if
   the width of the tablelist widget was specified as zero or less.
   This change was necessary in order to improve the behavior of
   dynamic-width tablelist widgets with the "-setgrid" option set to
   true.

2. By pressing mouse button 1 over a header label, the label's relief
   is now only changed to "sunken" if the value of the global or
   column-specific "-labelcommand" option is nonempty.

3. Several improvements concerning hidden columns (thanks to Juri
   Shimon for his bug report).

4. Made the focus control more straight-forward.

5. Extended the "How to use it?" section of the tutorial
   "tablelist.html".

What was new in Tablelist 1.5?
------------------------------

This version contains mainly bug fixes and small improvements.  Many
thanks to Andres Garcia, Bastien Chevreux, and Patrick Fradin for their
valuable contributions.

1. Fixed a bug concerning the "-label*" configuration options.

2. Fixed the erronous invocation of "getSubCmd" in the selection
   handler "fetchSelection" (this bug was introduced in version 1.1).

3. Elements that don't fit into their cells are now displayed with a
   trailing or leading ellipsis ("..."), depending on the column
   alignment.

4. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 1.4?
------------------------------

1. New "-stretch" configuration option specifying the columns that are
   to be stretched in order to eliminate the blank space that might
   appear at the right of the table.

2. Improved the error handling in the "attrib", "configure",
   "columnconfigure", "rowconfigure", and "cellconfigure" subcommands.

3. Improved the demo scripts "browse.tcl" and "config.tcl".

What was new in Tablelist 1.3?
------------------------------

1. The "sortbycolumn" subcommand now per default places an up- or
   down-arrow indicating the sorting order into the respective column's
   label.  This can be enabled or disabled with the new "-showarrow"
   configuration option, at both widget and column level.

2. New configuration options "-arrowcolor", "-arrowdisabledcolor", and
   "-incrarrowtype" to control the appearance of the arrow mentioned
   above.

3. New "resetsortinfo" subcommand, used to reset the information about
   the sorting of the items.

4. Improved the demo script "browse.tcl".

5. Further improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 1.2?
------------------------------

1. Whereever possible, eliminated the invocations of "info exists" for
   array elements.  This works around a severe bug in Tcl versions 8.2
   and 8.3 (fixed in 8.4a2), which causes excessive memory use when
   calling "info exists" on a non-existent array element.  Some serious
   memory leaks in earlier Tablelist versions when run under Tcl/Tk 8.2
   or 8.3 (reported by Henning Hanusa and Christian Burrini) could be
   tracked down to this very annoying Tcl bug (which I was not aware of
   until recently).

2. The help variables used in the initialization of the "tablelist"
   namespace are now declared with the "variable" keyword, in order to
   avoid any conflicts with global variables.

3. Improved the parsing of configuration and command options.

What was new in Tablelist 1.1?
------------------------------

This version contains mainly bug fixes and small improvements.  Many
thanks to Patrick Fradin, Bastien Chevreux, and Mats Bengtsson for
their valuable contributions.

1. Fixed some bugs in the implementation of the "-listvariable" option.
   Also, the value of this option can now be an array element, not only
   a scalar variable.

2. Fixed a bug in the implementation of the "get" subcommand.

3. New "sortcolumn" and "sortorder" subcommands to query the arguments
   of the last sorting.

4. Improved the look & feel of tablelist widgets on the Macintosh.

5. Worked around a bug in Tk 8.3.0 (fixed in 8.3.1) concerning listbox
   widgets with configured "-cursor" option.

6. Several further improvements and minor bug fixes.

What was new in Tablelist 1.0?
------------------------------

1.  New "-resizable" option for the "columnconfigure" subcommand.

2.  New "labels" subcommand, returning the list of the header labels.

3.  The "-disabledforeground" and "-state" configuration options no
    longer require Tk version 8.3 or higher.

4.  All "-label*" column configuration options can now have an empty
    string as value, meaning that the corresponding global option will
    be used instead of the column-specific one.

5.  Improved the output of the "columnconfigure" subcommand.

6.  The help variables used in the coordinate transformations within
    the scripts defined for the "TablelistBody" binding tag have been
    moved into the "tablelist" namespace, in order to avoid any
    conflicts with global variables.

7.  Improved cross-platform support with the aid of the new <<Button3>>
    virtual event.

8.  Fixed a bug in the "compareAsSet" procedure of the demo script
    "config.tcl".

9.  New demo script "browse.tcl", containing a simple widget browser
    based on a tablelist.

10. Both demo scripts now use a namespace for their procedures, to
    avoid any conflicts when evaluating them with the "source" command.

11. The tutorial "tablelist.html" is now completed and includes a
    detailed discussion of both demo scripts mentioned above.

12. Numerous further improvements in the code and documentation.

What was new in Tablelist 0.9?
------------------------------

1. The documentation now includes the tutorial "tablelist.html" (part
   of which is still work in progress), as well as reference pages for
   the two exported commands "tablelist::tablelist" and
   "tablelist::sortByColumn".

2. The "-listvariable" configuration option is now fully implemented.

3. A column of a tablelist widget can now be made invisible by using
   the new "-hide" option of the "columnconfigure" subcommand.

4. The contents of a row can now be updated with the new "-text" option
   of the "rowconfigure" subcommand.

5. For Tk versions 8.3 or higher the "tablelist::tablelist" command now
   supports the "-disabledforeground", "-labeldisabledforeground", and
   "-state" configuration options.

6. Replaced "[focus]" with "[focus -displayof $win]", so that the code
   will work properly in applications using multiple displays.
   Similarly, the "font measure" command is now invoked with the
   "-displayof $win" option.  This also works around a peculiarity of
   the "font measure" command.

7. Renamed "tablelistBindingTag" to "Tablelist".

8. Fixed a bug in the private procedure "colIndex", for arguments of
   the form "@x,y".  This procedure is invoked (directly or indirectly)
   in the implementation of all commands that take a column or cell
   index or an x coordinate as argument.

9. Numerous further improvements and minor bug fixes.

Multi-column listbox and tree widget package Tablelist, version 5.16
Copyright (c) 2000-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)

This library is free software; you can use, modify, and redistribute it
for any purpose, provided that existing copyright notices are retained
in all copies and that this notice is included verbatim in any
distributions.

This software is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

       The Multi-Column Listbox and Tree Widget Package Tablelist

                                   by

                             Csaba Nemethi

                       csaba.nemethi@t-online.de 


What is Tablelist?
------------------

Tablelist is a library package for Tcl/Tk versions 8.0 or higher,
written in pure Tcl/Tk code.  It contains:

  - the implementation of the "tablelist" mega-widget, including a
    general utility module for mega-widgets;
  - a demo script containing a useful procedure that displays the
    configuration options of an arbitrary widget in a tablelist and
    enables you to edit their values interactively;
  - a demo script implementing a widget browser based on a tablelist
    used as multi-column listbox;
  - a demo script implementing a widget browser based on a tablelist
    used as multi-column tree widget;
  - a demo script implementing a directory viewer based on a tablelist
    used as multi-column tree widget;
  - a demo script showing several ways to improve the appearance of a
    tablelist widget;
  - four further demo scripts, illustrating the interactive cell
    editing with the aid of various widgets from the Tk core and from
    the packages tile, BWidget, Iwidgets, combobox (by Bryan Oakley),
    and Mentry;
  - one further demo script, with a tablelist widget containing
    embedded windows;
  - tile-based counterparts of the above-mentioned demo scripts;
  - a tutorial in HTML format;
  - reference pages in HTML format.

A tablelist is a multi-column listbox and tree widget.  The width of
each column can be dynamic (i.e., just large enough to hold all its
elements, including the header) or static (specified in characters or
pixels).  The columns are, per default, resizable.  The alignment of
each column can be specified as "left", "right", or "center".

The columns, rows, and cells can be configured individually.  Several
of the global and column-specific options refer to the headers,
implemented as label widgets.  For instance, the "-labelcommand" option
specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when mouse button 1 is released
over a label.  The most common value of this option sorts the items
based on the respective column.

The Tablelist package provides a great variety of tree styles
controlling the look & feel of the column that displays the tree
hierarchy with the aid of indentations and expand/collapse controls.

Interactive editing of the elements of a tablelist widget can be
enabled for individual cells and for entire columns.  A great variety
of widgets from the Tk core and from the packages tile, BWidget,
Iwidgets, combobox, ctext, and Mentry (or Mentry_tile) is supported for
being used as embedded edit window.  In addition, a rich set of keyboard
bindings is provided for a comfortable navigation between the editable
cells.

The Tcl command corresponding to a tablelist widget is very similar to
the one associated with a normal listbox.  There are column-, row-, and
cell-specific counterparts of the "configure" and "cget" subcommands
("columnconfigure", "rowconfigure", "cellconfigure", ...).  They can be
used, among others, to insert images into the cells and the header
labels, or to insert embedded windows into the cells.  The "index",
"nearest", and "see" command options refer to the rows, but similar
subcommands are provided for the columns and cells ("columnindex",
"cellindex", ...).  The items can be sorted with the "sort",
"sortbycolumn", and "sortbycolumnlist" command options.

The bindings defined for the body of a tablelist widget make it behave
just like a normal listbox.  This includes the support for the virtual
event <<ListboxSelect>> (which is equivalent to <<TablelistSelect>>).
In addition, version 2.3 or higher of the widget callback package Wcb
(written in pure Tcl/Tk code as well) can be used to define callbacks
for the "activate", "selection set", and "selection clear" commands,
and Wcb version 3.0 or higher also supports callbacks for the
"activatecell", "cellselection set", and "cellselection clear"
commands.  The download location of Wcb is

    http://www.nemethi.de

How to get it?
--------------

Tablelist is available for free download from the same URL as Wcb.  The
distribution file is "tablelist5.16.tar.gz" for UNIX and
"tablelist5_16.zip" for Windows.  These files contain the same
information, except for the additional carriage return character
preceding the linefeed at the end of each line in the text files for
Windows.

Tablelist is also included in tklib, which has the address

    http://core.tcl.tk/tklib

How to install it?
------------------

Install the package as a subdirectory of one of the directories given
by the "auto_path" variable.  For example, you can install it as a
directory at the same level as the Tcl and Tk script libraries.  The
locations of these library directories are given by the "tcl_library"
and "tk_library" variables, respectively.

To install Tablelist on UNIX, "cd" to the desired directory and unpack
the distribution file "tablelist5.16.tar.gz":

    gunzip -c tablelist5.16.tar.gz | tar -xf -

This command will create a directory named "tablelist5.16", with the
subdirectories "demos", "doc", and "scripts".

On Windows, use WinZip or some other program capable of unpacking the
distribution file "tablelist5_16.zip" into the directory
"tablelist5.16", with the subdirectories "demos", "doc", and "scripts".

The file "tablelistEdit.tcl" in the "scripts" directory is only needed
for applications making use of interactive cell editing.  Similarly, the
file "tablelistMove.tcl" in the same directory is only required for
scripts invoking the "move" or "movecolumn" tablelist command.  Finally,
the file "tablelistThemes.tcl" is only needed for applications using
the package Tablelist_tile (see next section).

Next, you should check the exact version number of your Tcl/Tk
distribution, given by the "tcl_patchLevel" and "tk_patchLevel"
variables.  If you are using Tcl/Tk version 8.2.X, 8.3.0 - 8.3.2, or
8.4a1, then you should proceed as described in the "How to install it?"
section of the file "tablelist.html", located in the "doc" directory.

How to use it?
--------------

The Tablelist distribution provides two packages, called Tablelist and
Tablelist_tile.  The main difference between the two is that
Tablelist_tile enables the tile-based, theme-specific appearance of
tablelist widgets; this package requires Tcl/Tk 8.4 or higher and tile
0.6 or higher.  It is not possible to use both packages in one and the
same application, because both are implemented in the same "tablelist"
namespace and provide identical commands.

To be able to use the commands and variables implemented in the package
Tablelist, your scripts must contain one of the lines

    package require tablelist ?version?
    package require Tablelist ?version?

Likewise, to be able to use the commands and variables implemented in
the package Tablelist_tile, your scripts must contain one of the lines

    package require tablelist_tile ?version?
    package require Tablelist_tile ?version?

Since the packages Tablelist and Tablelist_tile are implemented in the
"tablelist" namespace, you must either import the procedures you need,
or use qualified names like "tablelist::tablelist".

For a detailed description of the commands and variables provided by
Tablelist and of the examples contained in the "demos" directory, see
the tutorial "tablelist.html" and the reference pages, all located in
the "doc" directory.

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates how to use a tablelist widget for displaying information about
# the children of an arbitrary widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2000-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist 5.16

namespace eval demo {
    variable dir [file dirname [info script]]

    #
    # Create two images, needed in the procedure putChildren
    #
    variable leafImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir leaf.xbm] \
		      -background coral -foreground gray50]
    variable compImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir comp.xbm] \
		      -background yellow -foreground gray50]
}

source [file join $demo::dir config.tcl]

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::displayChildren
#
# Displays information on the children of the widget w in a tablelist widget
# contained in a newly created top-level widget.  Returns the name of the
# tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::displayChildren w {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\""
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Create a top-level widget of the class DemoTop
    #
    set top .browseTop
    for {set n 2} {[winfo exists $top]} {incr n} {
	set top .browseTop$n
    }
    toplevel $top -class DemoTop

    #
    # Create a vertically scrolled tablelist widget with 9 dynamic-width
    # columns and interactive sort capability within the top-level
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    frame $tf
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columns {0 "Path Name"	left
		  0 "Class"	left
		  0 "X"		right
		  0 "Y"		right
		  0 "Width"	right
		  0 "Height"	right
		  0 "Mapped"	center
		  0 "Viewable"	center
		  0 "Manager"	left} \
	-labelcommand demo::labelCmd -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] -width 0
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    foreach col {2 3 4 5} {
	$tbl columnconfigure $col -sortmode integer
    }
    foreach col {6 7} {
	$tbl columnconfigure $col -formatcommand demo::formatBoolean
    }
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $tbl yview]

    #
    # When displaying the information about the children of any
    # ancestor of the label widgets, the widths of some of the
    # labels and thus also the widths and x coordinates of some
    # children may change.  For this reason, make sure the items
    # will be updated after any change in the sizes of the labels
    #
    foreach l [$tbl labels] {
	bind $l <Configure> [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]
    }
    bind $tbl <Configure> [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]

    #
    # Create a pop-up menu with two command entries; bind the script
    # associated with its first entry to the <Double-1> event, too
    #
    set menu $top.menu
    menu $menu -tearoff no
    $menu add command -label "Display Children" \
		      -command [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    $menu add command -label "Display Config" \
		      -command [list demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget $tbl]
    set bodyTag [$tbl bodytag]
    bind $bodyTag <Double-1>   [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>>  [bind TablelistBody <Button-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[bind TablelistBody <ButtonRelease-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[list demo::postPopupMenu $top %X %Y]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a frame child of the top-level widget
    #
    set bf $top.bf
    frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    button $b1 -text "Refresh"
    button $b2 -text "Parent"
    button $b3 -text "Close" -command [list destroy $top]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    variable winSys
    if {[string compare $winSys "aqua"] == 0} {
	grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
	grid $vsb	       -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
	grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the data of the given widget's children
    #
    putChildren $w $tbl
    return $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildren
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the widget w into the tablelist widget
# tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildren {w tbl} {
    #
    # The following check is necessary because this procedure
    # is also invoked by the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
    #
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	set choice [tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon warning \
		    -message "Bad window path name \"$w\" -- replacing\
			      it with nearest existent ancestor" \
		    -type okcancel -default ok -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]]
	if {[string compare $choice "ok"] == 0} {
	    while {![winfo exists $w]} {
		set last [string last "." $w]
		if {$last != 0} {
		    incr last -1
		}
		set w [string range $w 0 $last]
	    }
	} else {
	    return ""
	}
    }

    set top [winfo toplevel $tbl]
    wm title $top "Children of the [winfo class $w] Widget \"$w\""

    $tbl resetsortinfo
    $tbl delete 0 end

    #
    # Display the data of the children of the
    # widget w in the tablelist widget tbl
    #
    variable leafImg
    variable compImg
    foreach c [winfo children $w] {
	#
	# Insert the data of the current child into the tablelist widget
	#
	set item {}
	lappend item $c [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
		     [winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
		     [winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
	$tbl insert end $item

	#
	# Insert an image into the first cell of the row
	#
	if {[llength [winfo children $c]] == 0} {
	    $tbl cellconfigure end,0 -image $leafImg
	} else {
	    $tbl cellconfigure end,0 -image $compImg
	}
    }

    #
    # Configure the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
    #
    $top.bf.b1 configure -command [list demo::putChildren $w $tbl]
    set b2 $top.bf.b2
    set p [winfo parent $w]
    if {[string compare $p ""] == 0} {
	$b2 configure -state disabled
    } else {
	$b2 configure -state normal -command [list demo::putChildren $p $tbl]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::formatBoolean
#
# Returns "yes" or "no", according to the specified boolean value.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::formatBoolean val {
    return [expr {$val ? "yes" : "no"}]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::labelCmd
#
# Sorts the contents of the tablelist widget tbl by its col'th column and makes
# sure the items will be updated 500 ms later (because one of the items might
# refer to a canvas containing the arrow that displays the sort order).
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::labelCmd {tbl col} {
    tablelist::sortByColumn $tbl $col
    updateItemsDelayed $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItemsDelayed
#
# Arranges for the items of the tablelist widget tbl to be updated 500 ms later.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItemsDelayed tbl {
    #
    # Schedule the demo::updateItems command for execution
    # 500 ms later, but only if it is not yet pending
    #
    if {[string compare [$tbl attrib afterId] ""] == 0} {
	$tbl attrib afterId [after 500 [list demo::updateItems $tbl]]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItems
#
# Updates the items of the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItems tbl {
    #
    # Reset the tablelist's "afterId" attribute
    #
    $tbl attrib afterId ""

    #
    # Update the items
    #
    set rowCount [$tbl size]
    for {set row 0} {$row < $rowCount} {incr row} {
	set c [$tbl cellcget $row,0 -text]
	if {![winfo exists $c]} {
	    continue
	}

	set item {}
	lappend item $c [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
		     [winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
		     [winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
	$tbl rowconfigure $row -text $item
    }

    #
    # Repeat the last sort operation (if any)
    #
    $tbl refreshsorting
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the selected widget into the tablelist
# widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget tbl {
    set w [$tbl cellcget [$tbl curselection],0 -text]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	return ""
    }

    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
	bell
    } else {
	putChildren $w $tbl
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget
#
# Displays the configuration options of the selected widget within the
# tablelist tbl in a tablelist widget contained in a newly created top-level
# widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget tbl {
    demo::displayConfig [$tbl cellcget [$tbl curselection],0 -text]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::postPopupMenu
#
# Posts the pop-up menu $top.menu at the given screen position.  Before posting
# the menu, the procedure enables/disables its first entry, depending upon
# whether the selected widget has children or not.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::postPopupMenu {top rootX rootY} {
    set tbl $top.tf.tbl
    set w [$tbl cellcget [$tbl curselection],0 -text]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent $top
	return ""
    }

    set menu $top.menu
    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
    } else {
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state normal
    }

    tk_popup $menu $rootX $rootY
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

if {$tcl_interactive} {
    return "\nTo display information about the children of an arbitrary\
	    widget, enter\n\n\tdemo::displayChildren <widgetName>\n"
} else {
    wm withdraw .
    tk_messageBox -title $argv0 -icon warning -message \
	"Please source this script into\nan interactive wish session"
    exit 1
}

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates how to use a tablelist widget for displaying information about
# the children of an arbitrary widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2010-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require Tk 8.3
package require tablelist 5.16

namespace eval demo {
    variable dir [file dirname [info script]]

    #
    # Create two images, needed in the procedure putChildren
    #
    variable leafImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir leaf.xbm] \
		      -background coral -foreground gray50]
    variable compImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir comp.xbm] \
		      -background yellow -foreground gray50]
}

source [file join $demo::dir config.tcl]

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::displayChildren
#
# Displays information on the children of the widget w in a tablelist widget
# contained in a newly created top-level widget.  Returns the name of the
# tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::displayChildren w {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\""
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Create a top-level widget of the class DemoTop
    #
    set top .browseTop
    for {set n 2} {[winfo exists $top]} {incr n} {
	set top .browseTop$n
    }
    toplevel $top -class DemoTop

    #
    # Create a vertically scrolled tablelist widget with 9 dynamic-width
    # columns and interactive sort capability within the top-level
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    frame $tf
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columns {0 "Path Name"	left
		  0 "Class"	left
		  0 "X"		right
		  0 "Y"		right
		  0 "Width"	right
		  0 "Height"	right
		  0 "Mapped"	center
		  0 "Viewable"	center
		  0 "Manager"	left} \
	-expandcommand demo::expandCmd -labelcommand demo::labelCmd \
	-yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] -setgrid no -width 0
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    foreach col {2 3 4 5} {
	$tbl columnconfigure $col -sortmode integer
    }
    foreach col {6 7} {
	$tbl columnconfigure $col -formatcommand demo::formatBoolean
    }
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $tbl yview]

    #
    # When displaying the information about the children of any
    # ancestor of the label widgets, the widths of some of the
    # labels and thus also the widths and x coordinates of some
    # children may change.  For this reason, make sure the items
    # will be updated after any change in the sizes of the labels
    #
    foreach l [$tbl labels] {
	bind $l <Configure> [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]
    }
    bind $tbl <Configure> [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]

    #
    # Create a pop-up menu with two command entries; bind the script
    # associated with its first entry to the <Double-1> event, too
    #
    set menu $top.menu
    menu $menu -tearoff no
    $menu add command -label "Display Children" \
		      -command [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    $menu add command -label "Display Config" \
		      -command [list demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget $tbl]
    set bodyTag [$tbl bodytag]
    bind $bodyTag <Double-1>   [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>>  [bind TablelistBody <Button-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[bind TablelistBody <ButtonRelease-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[list demo::postPopupMenu $top %X %Y]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a frame child of the top-level widget
    #
    set bf $top.bf
    frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    button $b1 -text "Refresh"
    button $b2 -text "Parent"
    button $b3 -text "Close" -command [list destroy $top]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    variable winSys
    if {[string compare $winSys "aqua"] == 0} {
	grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
	grid $vsb	       -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
	grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the data of the given widget's children
    #
    putChildren $w $tbl root
    return $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildren
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the widget w into the tablelist widget
# tbl, as child items of the one identified by nodeIdx.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildren {w tbl nodeIdx} {
    #
    # The following check is necessary because this procedure
    # is also invoked by the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
    #
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	    set choice [tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon warning \
			-message "Bad window path name \"$w\" -- replacing\
				  it with nearest existent ancestor" \
			-type okcancel -default ok \
			-parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]]
	    if {[string compare $choice "ok"] == 0} {
		while {![winfo exists $w]} {
		    set last [string last "." $w]
		    if {$last != 0} {
			incr last -1
		    }
		    set w [string range $w 0 $last]
		}
	    } else {
		return ""
	    }
	} else {
	    return ""
	}
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	set top [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	wm title $top "Children of the [winfo class $w] Widget \"$w\""

	$tbl resetsortinfo
	$tbl delete 0 end
	set row 0
    } else {
	set row [expr {$nodeIdx + 1}]
    }

    #
    # Display the data of the children of the
    # widget w in the tablelist widget tbl
    #
    variable leafImg
    variable compImg
    foreach c [winfo children $w] {
	#
	# Insert the data of the current child into the tablelist widget
	#
	set item {}
	lappend item \
		[winfo name $c] [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
		[winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
		[winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
	$tbl insertchild $nodeIdx end $item

	#
	# Insert an image into the first cell of the row; mark the
	# row as collapsed if the child widget has children itself
	#
	if {[llength [winfo children $c]] == 0} {
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image $leafImg
	} else {
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image $compImg
	    $tbl collapse $row
	}

	$tbl rowattrib $row pathName $c
	incr row
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	#
	# Configure the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
	#
	$top.bf.b1 configure -command [list demo::refreshView $w $tbl]
	set b2 $top.bf.b2
	set p [winfo parent $w]
	if {[string compare $p ""] == 0} {
	    $b2 configure -state disabled
	} else {
	    $b2 configure -state normal -command \
		[list demo::putChildren $p $tbl root]
	}
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::expandCmd
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the widget whose leaf name is displayed
# in the first cell of the specified row of the tablelist widget tbl, as child
# items of the one identified by row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::expandCmd {tbl row} {
    if {[$tbl childcount $row] == 0} {
	set w [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	putChildren $w $tbl $row

	#
	# Apply the last sorting (if any) to the new items
	#
	$tbl refreshsorting $row
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::formatBoolean
#
# Returns "yes" or "no", according to the specified boolean value.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::formatBoolean val {
    return [expr {$val ? "yes" : "no"}]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::labelCmd
#
# Sorts the contents of the tablelist widget tbl by its col'th column and makes
# sure the items will be updated 500 ms later (because one of the items might
# refer to a canvas containing the arrow that displays the sort order).
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::labelCmd {tbl col} {
    tablelist::sortByColumn $tbl $col
    updateItemsDelayed $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItemsDelayed
#
# Arranges for the items of the tablelist widget tbl to be updated 500 ms later.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItemsDelayed tbl {
    #
    # Schedule the demo::updateItems command for execution
    # 500 ms later, but only if it is not yet pending
    #
    if {[string compare [$tbl attrib afterId] ""] == 0} {
	$tbl attrib afterId [after 500 [list demo::updateItems $tbl]]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItems
#
# Updates the items of the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItems tbl {
    #
    # Reset the tablelist's "afterId" attribute
    #
    $tbl attrib afterId ""

    #
    # Update the items
    #
    set rowCount [$tbl size]
    for {set row 0} {$row < $rowCount} {incr row} {
	set c [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	if {![winfo exists $c]} {
	    continue
	}

	set item {}
	lappend item \
		[winfo name $c] [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
		[winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
		[winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
	$tbl rowconfigure $row -text $item
    }

    #
    # Repeat the last sort operation (if any)
    #
    $tbl refreshsorting
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the selected widget into the tablelist
# widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget tbl {
    set w [$tbl rowattrib [$tbl curselection] pathName]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	return ""
    }

    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
	bell
    } else {
	putChildren $w $tbl root
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget
#
# Displays the configuration options of the selected widget within the
# tablelist tbl in a tablelist widget contained in a newly created top-level
# widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget tbl {
    demo::displayConfig [$tbl rowattrib [$tbl curselection] pathName]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::postPopupMenu
#
# Posts the pop-up menu $top.menu at the given screen position.  Before posting
# the menu, the procedure enables/disables its first entry, depending upon
# whether the selected widget has children or not.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::postPopupMenu {top rootX rootY} {
    set tbl $top.tf.tbl
    set w [$tbl rowattrib [$tbl curselection] pathName]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent $top
	return ""
    }

    set menu $top.menu
    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
    } else {
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state normal
    }

    tk_popup $menu $rootX $rootY
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::refreshView
#
# Redisplays the data of the children of the widget w in the tablelist widget
# tbl and restores the expanded states of the items as well as the vertical
# view.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::refreshView {w tbl} {
    #
    # Save the vertical view and get the path names of
    # the child widgets displayed in the expanded rows
    #
    set yView [$tbl yview]
    foreach key [$tbl expandedkeys] {
	set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
	set expandedWidgets($pathName) 1
    }

    #
    # Redisplay the data of the widget's (possibly changed) children and
    # restore the expanded states of the children, along with the vertical view
    #
    putChildren $w $tbl root
    restoreExpandedStates $tbl root expandedWidgets
    $tbl yview moveto [lindex $yView 0]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::restoreExpandedStates
#   
# Expands those children of the parent identified by nodeIdx that display the
# data of child widgets whose path names are the names of the elements of the
# array specified by the last argument.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::restoreExpandedStates {tbl nodeIdx expandedWidgetsName} {
    upvar $expandedWidgetsName expandedWidgets

    foreach key [$tbl childkeys $nodeIdx] {
	set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
	if {[info exists expandedWidgets($pathName)]} {
	    $tbl expand $key -partly
	    restoreExpandedStates $tbl $key expandedWidgets
	}
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

if {$tcl_interactive} {
    return "\nTo display information about the children of an arbitrary\
	    widget, enter\n\n\tdemo::displayChildren <widgetName>\n"
} else {
    wm withdraw .
    tk_messageBox -title $argv0 -icon warning -message \
	"Please source this script into\nan interactive wish session"
    exit 1
}

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates how to use a tablelist widget for displaying information about
# the children of an arbitrary widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2010-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16

namespace eval demo {
    variable dir [file dirname [info script]]

    #
    # Create two images, needed in the procedure putChildren
    #
    variable leafImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir leaf.xbm] \
		      -background coral -foreground gray50]
    variable compImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir comp.xbm] \
		      -background yellow -foreground gray50]
}

source [file join $demo::dir config_tile.tcl]

#
# Work around the improper appearance of the tile scrollbars in the aqua theme
#
if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
    interp alias {} ttk::scrollbar {} ::scrollbar
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::displayChildren
#
# Displays information on the children of the widget w in a tablelist widget
# contained in a newly created top-level widget.  Returns the name of the
# tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::displayChildren w {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\""
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Create a top-level widget of the class DemoTop
    #
    set top .browseTop
    for {set n 2} {[winfo exists $top]} {incr n} {
	set top .browseTop$n
    }
    toplevel $top -class DemoTop

    #
    # Create a vertically scrolled tablelist widget with 9 dynamic-width
    # columns and interactive sort capability within the top-level
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    ttk::frame $tf
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columns {0 "Path Name"	left
		  0 "Class"	left
		  0 "X"		right
		  0 "Y"		right
		  0 "Width"	right
		  0 "Height"	right
		  0 "Mapped"	center
		  0 "Viewable"	center
		  0 "Manager"	left} \
	-expandcommand demo::expandCmd -labelcommand demo::labelCmd \
	-yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] -setgrid no -width 0
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    foreach col {2 3 4 5} {
	$tbl columnconfigure $col -sortmode integer
    }
    foreach col {6 7} {
	$tbl columnconfigure $col -formatcommand demo::formatBoolean
    }
    ttk::scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $tbl yview]

    #
    # When displaying the information about the children of any
    # ancestor of the label widgets, the widths of some of the
    # labels and thus also the widths and x coordinates of some
    # children may change.  For this reason, make sure the items
    # will be updated after any change in the sizes of the labels
    #
    foreach l [$tbl labels] {
	bind $l <Configure> [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]
    }
    bind $tbl <Configure> [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]

    #
    # Create a pop-up menu with two command entries; bind the script
    # associated with its first entry to the <Double-1> event, too
    #
    set menu $top.menu
    menu $menu -tearoff no
    $menu add command -label "Display Children" \
		      -command [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    $menu add command -label "Display Config" \
		      -command [list demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget $tbl]
    set bodyTag [$tbl bodytag]
    bind $bodyTag <Double-1>   [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>>  [bind TablelistBody <Button-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[bind TablelistBody <ButtonRelease-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[list demo::postPopupMenu $top %X %Y]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a tile frame child of the top-level widget
    #
    set bf $top.bf
    ttk::frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    ttk::button $b1 -text "Refresh"
    ttk::button $b2 -text "Parent"
    ttk::button $b3 -text "Close" -command [list destroy $top]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
	grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
	grid $vsb	       -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
	grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the data of the given widget's children
    #
    putChildren $w $tbl root
    return $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildren
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the widget w into the tablelist widget
# tbl, as child items of the one identified by nodeIdx.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildren {w tbl nodeIdx} {
    #
    # The following check is necessary because this procedure
    # is also invoked by the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
    #
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	    set choice [tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon warning \
			-message "Bad window path name \"$w\" -- replacing\
				  it with nearest existent ancestor" \
			-type okcancel -default ok \
			-parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]]
	    if {[string compare $choice "ok"] == 0} {
		while {![winfo exists $w]} {
		    set last [string last "." $w]
		    if {$last != 0} {
			incr last -1
		    }
		    set w [string range $w 0 $last]
		}
	    } else {
		return ""
	    }
	} else {
	    return ""
	}
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	set top [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	wm title $top "Children of the [winfo class $w] Widget \"$w\""

	$tbl resetsortinfo
	$tbl delete 0 end
	set row 0
    } else {
	set row [expr {$nodeIdx + 1}]
    }

    #
    # Display the data of the children of the
    # widget w in the tablelist widget tbl
    #
    variable leafImg
    variable compImg
    foreach c [winfo children $w] {
	#
	# Insert the data of the current child into the tablelist widget
	#
	set item {}
	lappend item \
		[winfo name $c] [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
		[winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
		[winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
	$tbl insertchild $nodeIdx end $item

	#
	# Insert an image into the first cell of the row; mark the
	# row as collapsed if the child widget has children itself
	#
	if {[llength [winfo children $c]] == 0} {
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image $leafImg
	} else {
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image $compImg
	    $tbl collapse $row
	}

	$tbl rowattrib $row pathName $c
	incr row
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	#
	# Configure the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
	#
	$top.bf.b1 configure -command [list demo::refreshView $w $tbl]
	set b2 $top.bf.b2
	set p [winfo parent $w]
	if {[string compare $p ""] == 0} {
	    $b2 configure -state disabled
	} else {
	    $b2 configure -state normal -command \
		[list demo::putChildren $p $tbl root]
	}
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::expandCmd
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the widget whose leaf name is displayed
# in the first cell of the specified row of the tablelist widget tbl, as child
# items of the one identified by row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::expandCmd {tbl row} {
    if {[$tbl childcount $row] == 0} {
	set w [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	putChildren $w $tbl $row

	#
	# Apply the last sorting (if any) to the new items
	#
	$tbl refreshsorting $row
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::formatBoolean
#
# Returns "yes" or "no", according to the specified boolean value.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::formatBoolean val {
    return [expr {$val ? "yes" : "no"}]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::labelCmd
#
# Sorts the contents of the tablelist widget tbl by its col'th column and makes
# sure the items will be updated 500 ms later (because one of the items might
# refer to a canvas containing the arrow that displays the sort order).
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::labelCmd {tbl col} {
    tablelist::sortByColumn $tbl $col
    updateItemsDelayed $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItemsDelayed
#
# Arranges for the items of the tablelist widget tbl to be updated 500 ms later.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItemsDelayed tbl {
    #
    # Schedule the demo::updateItems command for execution
    # 500 ms later, but only if it is not yet pending
    #
    if {[string compare [$tbl attrib afterId] ""] == 0} {
	$tbl attrib afterId [after 500 [list demo::updateItems $tbl]]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItems
#
# Updates the items of the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItems tbl {
    #
    # Reset the tablelist's "afterId" attribute
    #
    $tbl attrib afterId ""

    #
    # Update the items
    #
    set rowCount [$tbl size]
    for {set row 0} {$row < $rowCount} {incr row} {
	set c [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	if {![winfo exists $c]} {
	    continue
	}

	set item {}
	lappend item \
		[winfo name $c] [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
		[winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
		[winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
	$tbl rowconfigure $row -text $item
    }

    #
    # Repeat the last sort operation (if any)
    #
    $tbl refreshsorting
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the selected widget into the tablelist
# widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget tbl {
    set w [$tbl rowattrib [$tbl curselection] pathName]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	return ""
    }

    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
	bell
    } else {
	putChildren $w $tbl root
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget
#
# Displays the configuration options of the selected widget within the
# tablelist tbl in a tablelist widget contained in a newly created top-level
# widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget tbl {
    demo::displayConfig [$tbl rowattrib [$tbl curselection] pathName]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::postPopupMenu
#
# Posts the pop-up menu $top.menu at the given screen position.  Before posting
# the menu, the procedure enables/disables its first entry, depending upon
# whether the selected widget has children or not.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::postPopupMenu {top rootX rootY} {
    set tbl $top.tf.tbl
    set w [$tbl rowattrib [$tbl curselection] pathName]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent $top
	return ""
    }

    set menu $top.menu
    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
    } else {
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state normal
    }

    tk_popup $menu $rootX $rootY
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::refreshView
#
# Redisplays the data of the children of the widget w in the tablelist widget
# tbl and restores the expanded states of the items as well as the vertical
# view.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::refreshView {w tbl} {
    #
    # Save the vertical view and get the path names of
    # the child widgets displayed in the expanded rows
    #
    set yView [$tbl yview]
    foreach key [$tbl expandedkeys] {
	set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
	set expandedWidgets($pathName) 1
    }

    #
    # Redisplay the data of the widget's (possibly changed) children and
    # restore the expanded states of the children, along with the vertical view
    #
    putChildren $w $tbl root
    restoreExpandedStates $tbl root expandedWidgets
    $tbl yview moveto [lindex $yView 0]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::restoreExpandedStates
#   
# Expands those children of the parent identified by nodeIdx that display the
# data of child widgets whose path names are the names of the elements of the
# array specified by the last argument.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::restoreExpandedStates {tbl nodeIdx expandedWidgetsName} {
    upvar $expandedWidgetsName expandedWidgets

    foreach key [$tbl childkeys $nodeIdx] {
	set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
	if {[info exists expandedWidgets($pathName)]} {
	    $tbl expand $key -partly
	    restoreExpandedStates $tbl $key expandedWidgets
	}
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

if {$tcl_interactive} {
    return "\nTo display information about the children of an arbitrary\
	    widget, enter\n\n\tdemo::displayChildren <widgetName>\n"
} else {
    wm withdraw .
    tk_messageBox -title $argv0 -icon warning -message \
	"Please source this script into\nan interactive wish session"
    exit 1
}

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates how to use a tablelist widget for displaying information about
# children of an arbitrary widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2000-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16

namespace eval demo {
    variable dir [file dirname [info script]]

    #
    # Create two images, needed in the procedure putChildren
    #
    variable leafImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir leaf.xbm] \
		      -background coral -foreground gray50]
    variable compImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir comp.xbm] \
		      -background yellow -foreground gray50]
}

source [file join $demo::dir config_tile.tcl]

#
# Work around the improper appearance of the tile scrollbars in the aqua theme
#
if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
    interp alias {} ttk::scrollbar {} ::scrollbar
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::displayChildren
#
# Displays information on the children of the widget w in a tablelist widget
# contained in a newly created top-level widget.  Returns the name of the
# tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::displayChildren w {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\""
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Create a top-level widget of the class DemoTop
    #
    set top .browseTop
    for {set n 2} {[winfo exists $top]} {incr n} {
	set top .browseTop$n
    }
    toplevel $top -class DemoTop

    #
    # Create a vertically scrolled tablelist widget with 9 dynamic-width
    # columns and interactive sort capability within the top-level
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    ttk::frame $tf
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columns {0 "Path Name"	left
		  0 "Class"	left
		  0 "X"		right
		  0 "Y"		right
		  0 "Width"	right
		  0 "Height"	right
		  0 "Mapped"	center
		  0 "Viewable"	center
		  0 "Manager"	left} \
	-labelcommand demo::labelCmd -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] -width 0
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    foreach col {2 3 4 5} {
	$tbl columnconfigure $col -sortmode integer
    }
    foreach col {6 7} {
	$tbl columnconfigure $col -formatcommand demo::formatBoolean
    }
    ttk::scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $tbl yview]

    #
    # When displaying the information about the children of any
    # ancestor of the label widgets, the widths of some of the
    # labels and thus also the widths and x coordinates of some
    # children may change.  For this reason, make sure the items
    # will be updated after any change in the sizes of the labels
    #
    foreach l [$tbl labels] {
	bind $l <Configure> [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]
    }
    bind $tbl <Configure> [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]

    #
    # Create a pop-up menu with two command entries; bind the script
    # associated with its first entry to the <Double-1> event, too
    #
    set menu $top.menu
    menu $menu -tearoff no
    $menu add command -label "Display Children" \
		      -command [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    $menu add command -label "Display Config" \
		      -command [list demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget $tbl]
    set bodyTag [$tbl bodytag]
    bind $bodyTag <Double-1>   [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>>  [bind TablelistBody <Button-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[bind TablelistBody <ButtonRelease-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[list demo::postPopupMenu $top %X %Y]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a tile frame child of the top-level widget
    #
    set bf $top.bf
    ttk::frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    ttk::button $b1 -text "Refresh"
    ttk::button $b2 -text "Parent"
    ttk::button $b3 -text "Close" -command [list destroy $top]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
	grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
	grid $vsb	       -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
	grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the data of the given widget's children
    #
    putChildren $w $tbl
    return $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildren
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the widget w into the tablelist widget
# tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildren {w tbl} {
    #
    # The following check is necessary because this procedure
    # is also invoked by the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
    #
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	set choice [tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon warning \
		    -message "Bad window path name \"$w\" -- replacing\
			      it with nearest existent ancestor" \
		    -type okcancel -default ok -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]]
	if {[string compare $choice "ok"] == 0} {
	    while {![winfo exists $w]} {
		set last [string last "." $w]
		if {$last != 0} {
		    incr last -1
		}
		set w [string range $w 0 $last]
	    }
	} else {
	    return ""
	}
    }

    set top [winfo toplevel $tbl]
    wm title $top "Children of the [winfo class $w] Widget \"$w\""

    $tbl resetsortinfo
    $tbl delete 0 end

    #
    # Display the data of the children of the
    # widget w in the tablelist widget tbl
    #
    variable leafImg
    variable compImg
    foreach c [winfo children $w] {
	#
	# Insert the data of the current child into the tablelist widget
	#
	set item {}
	lappend item $c [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
		     [winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
		     [winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
	$tbl insert end $item

	#
	# Insert an image into the first cell of the row
	#
	if {[llength [winfo children $c]] == 0} {
	    $tbl cellconfigure end,0 -image $leafImg
	} else {
	    $tbl cellconfigure end,0 -image $compImg
	}
    }

    #
    # Configure the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
    #
    $top.bf.b1 configure -command [list demo::putChildren $w $tbl]
    set b2 $top.bf.b2
    set p [winfo parent $w]
    if {[string compare $p ""] == 0} {
	$b2 configure -state disabled
    } else {
	$b2 configure -state normal -command [list demo::putChildren $p $tbl]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::formatBoolean
#
# Returns "yes" or "no", according to the specified boolean value.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::formatBoolean val {
    return [expr {$val ? "yes" : "no"}]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::labelCmd
#
# Sorts the contents of the tablelist widget tbl by its col'th column and makes
# sure the items will be updated 500 ms later (because one of the items might
# refer to a canvas containing the arrow that displays the sort order).
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::labelCmd {tbl col} {
    tablelist::sortByColumn $tbl $col
    updateItemsDelayed $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItemsDelayed
#
# Arranges for the items of the tablelist widget tbl to be updated 500 ms later.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItemsDelayed tbl {
    #
    # Schedule the demo::updateItems command for execution
    # 500 ms later, but only if it is not yet pending
    #
    if {[string compare [$tbl attrib afterId] ""] == 0} {
	$tbl attrib afterId [after 500 [list demo::updateItems $tbl]]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItems
#
# Updates the items of the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItems tbl {
    #
    # Reset the tablelist's "afterId" attribute
    #
    $tbl attrib afterId ""

    #
    # Update the items
    #
    set rowCount [$tbl size]
    for {set row 0} {$row < $rowCount} {incr row} {
	set c [$tbl cellcget $row,0 -text]
	if {![winfo exists $c]} {
	    continue
	}

	set item {}
	lappend item $c [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
		     [winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
		     [winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
	$tbl rowconfigure $row -text $item
    }

    #
    # Repeat the last sort operation (if any)
    #
    $tbl refreshsorting
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the selected widget into the tablelist
# widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget tbl {
    set w [$tbl cellcget [$tbl curselection],0 -text]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	return ""
    }

    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
	bell
    } else {
	putChildren $w $tbl
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget
#
# Displays the configuration options of the selected widget within the
# tablelist tbl in a tablelist widget contained in a newly created top-level
# widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget tbl {
    demo::displayConfig [$tbl cellcget [$tbl curselection],0 -text]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::postPopupMenu
#
# Posts the pop-up menu $top.menu at the given screen position.  Before posting
# the menu, the procedure enables/disables its first entry, depending upon
# whether the selected widget has children or not.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::postPopupMenu {top rootX rootY} {
    set tbl $top.tf.tbl
    set w [$tbl cellcget [$tbl curselection],0 -text]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent $top
	return ""
    }

    set menu $top.menu
    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
    } else {
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state normal
    }

    tk_popup $menu $rootX $rootY
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

if {$tcl_interactive} {
    return "\nTo display information about the children of an arbitrary\
	    widget, enter\n\n\tdemo::displayChildren <widgetName>\n"
} else {
    wm withdraw .
    tk_messageBox -title $argv0 -icon warning -message \
	"Please source this script into\nan interactive wish session"
    exit 1
}

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the interactive tablelist cell editing with the aid of some
# widgets from the BWidget package and of the Tk core checkbutton and
# menubutton widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require Tk 8.4				;# because of "-compound"
package require tablelist 5.16
package require BWidget

wm title . "Serial Line Configuration"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option.tcl]
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.activeBackground	white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.background			white

#
# Register some widgets from the BWidget package for interactive cell editing
#
tablelist::addBWidgetEntry
tablelist::addBWidgetSpinBox
tablelist::addBWidgetComboBox

#
# Create the images "checkedImg" and "uncheckedImg", as well as 16 images of
# names like "img#FF0000", displaying colors identified by names like "red"
#
source [file join $dir images.tcl]

#
# Create a tablelist widget with editable columns (except the first one)
#
set tbl .tbl
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "No."		  right
	      0 "Available"	  center
	      0 "Name"		  left
	      0 "Baud Rate"	  right
	      0 "Data Bits"	  center
	      0 "Parity"	  left
	      0 "Stop Bits"	  center
	      0 "Handshake"	  left
	      0 "Activation Date" center
	      0 "Activation Time" center
	      0 "Cable Color"	  center} \
    -editstartcommand editStartCmd -editendcommand editEndCmd \
    -height 0 -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -name available -editable yes -editwindow checkbutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name lineName  -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -sortmode dictionary
$tbl columnconfigure 3 -name baudRate  -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox \
    -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits  -editable yes -editwindow SpinBox
$tbl columnconfigure 5 -name parity    -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 6 -name stopBits  -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 7 -name handshake -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 8 -name actDate   -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -formatcommand formatDate -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 9 -name actTime   -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -formatcommand formatTime -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 10 -name color    -editable yes -editwindow menubutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr

proc emptyStr   val { return "" }
proc formatDate val { return [clock format $val -format "%Y-%m-%d"] }
proc formatTime val { return [clock format $val -format "%H:%M:%S"] }

#
# Populate the tablelist widget; set the activation
# date & time to 10 minutes past the current clock value
#
set clock [expr {[clock seconds] + 600}]
for {set i 0; set n 1} {$i < 16} {set i $n; incr n} {
    $tbl insert end [list $n [expr {$i < 8}] "Line $n" 9600 8 None 1 XON/XOFF \
	$clock $clock [lindex $colorNames $i]]

    set availImg [expr {($i < 8) ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
    $tbl cellconfigure end,available -image $availImg
    $tbl cellconfigure end,color -image img[lindex $colorValues $i]
}

set btn [button .btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tbl -side top -expand yes -fill both

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editStartCmd
#
# Applies some configuration options to the edit window; if the latter is a
# ComboBox, the procedure populates it.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editStartCmd {tbl row col text} {
    set w [$tbl editwinpath]

    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	lineName {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 20 for the number of characters
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key \
			 -validatecommand {expr {[string length %P] <= 20}}
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Populate the ComboBox and allow no more
	    # than 6 digits in its Entry component
	    #
	    $w configure -values {50 75 110 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400
				  57600 115200 230400 460800 921600}
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 6 && [regexp {^[0-9]*$} %S]}}
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Configure the SpinBox
	    #
	    $w configure -range {5 8 1} -editable no
	}

	parity {
	    #
	    # Populate the ComboBox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {None Even Odd Mark Space} -editable no
	}

	stopBits {
	    #
	    # Populate the ComboBox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {1 1.5 2} -editable no
	}

	handshake {
	    #
	    # Populate the ComboBox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {XON/XOFF RTS/CTS None} -editable no
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 10 for the number of characters
	    # and allow only digits and the "-" character in it
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 10 && [regexp {^[0-9-]*$} %S]}}
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 8 for the number of characters
	    # and allow only digits and the ":" character in it
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 8 && [regexp {^[0-9:]*$} %S]}}
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Populate the menu and make sure the menubutton will display the
	    # color name rather than $text, which is "", due to -formatcommand
	    #
	    set menu [$w cget -menu]
	    foreach name $::colorNames {
		$menu add radiobutton -compound left \
		    -image img$::colors($name) -label $name
	    }
	    $menu entryconfigure 8 -columnbreak 1
	    return [$tbl cellcget $row,$col -text]
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editEndCmd
#
# Performs a final validation of the text contained in the edit window and gets
# the cell's internal contents.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editEndCmd {tbl row col text} {
    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	available {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    set img [expr {$text ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image $img
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the baud rate is an integer in the range 50..921600
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[0-9]+$} $text] || $text < 50 || $text > 921600} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The baud rate must be an integer in the range 50..921600"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Get the activation date in seconds from the last argument 
	    #
	    if {[catch {clock scan $text} actDate] != 0} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message "Invalid date"
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actTime [$tbl cellcget $row,actTime -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $actTime] -base $actDate]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actTime -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Get the activation clock value in seconds from the last argument 
	    #
	    set actDate [$tbl cellcget $row,actDate -text]
	    if {[catch {clock scan $text -base $actDate} actClock] != 0} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message "Invalid time"
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actDate -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image img$::colors($text)
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the interactive tablelist cell editing with the aid of some
# widgets from the BWidget package and of the Tk core checkbutton and
# menubutton widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16
package require BWidget

wm title . "Serial Line Configuration"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option_tile.tcl]
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.activeBackground	white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.background			white

#
# Register some widgets from the BWidget package for interactive cell editing
#
tablelist::addBWidgetEntry
tablelist::addBWidgetSpinBox
tablelist::addBWidgetComboBox

#
# Create the images "checkedImg" and "uncheckedImg", as well as 16 images of
# names like "img#FF0000", displaying colors identified by names like "red"
#
source [file join $dir images.tcl]

#
# Improve the window's appearance by using a tile
# frame as a container for the other widgets
#
set f [ttk::frame .f]

#
# Create a tablelist widget with editable columns (except the first one)
#
set tbl $f.tbl
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "No."		  right
	      0 "Available"	  center
	      0 "Name"		  left
	      0 "Baud Rate"	  right
	      0 "Data Bits"	  center
	      0 "Parity"	  left
	      0 "Stop Bits"	  center
	      0 "Handshake"	  left
	      0 "Activation Date" center
	      0 "Activation Time" center
	      0 "Cable Color"	  center} \
    -editstartcommand editStartCmd -editendcommand editEndCmd \
    -height 0 -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -name available -editable yes -editwindow checkbutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name lineName  -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -sortmode dictionary
$tbl columnconfigure 3 -name baudRate  -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox \
    -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits  -editable yes -editwindow SpinBox
$tbl columnconfigure 5 -name parity    -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 6 -name stopBits  -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 7 -name handshake -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 8 -name actDate   -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -formatcommand formatDate -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 9 -name actTime   -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -formatcommand formatTime -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 10 -name color    -editable yes -editwindow menubutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr

proc emptyStr   val { return "" }
proc formatDate val { return [clock format $val -format "%Y-%m-%d"] }
proc formatTime val { return [clock format $val -format "%H:%M:%S"] }

#
# Populate the tablelist widget; set the activation
# date & time to 10 minutes past the current clock value
#
set clock [expr {[clock seconds] + 600}]
for {set i 0; set n 1} {$i < 16} {set i $n; incr n} {
    $tbl insert end [list $n [expr {$i < 8}] "Line $n" 9600 8 None 1 XON/XOFF \
	$clock $clock [lindex $colorNames $i]]

    set availImg [expr {($i < 8) ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
    $tbl cellconfigure end,available -image $availImg
    $tbl cellconfigure end,color -image img[lindex $colorValues $i]
}

set btn [ttk::button $f.btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tbl -side top -expand yes -fill both
pack $f -expand yes -fill both

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editStartCmd
#
# Applies some configuration options to the edit window; if the latter is a
# ComboBox, the procedure populates it.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editStartCmd {tbl row col text} {
    set w [$tbl editwinpath]

    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	lineName {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 20 for the number of characters
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key \
			 -validatecommand {expr {[string length %P] <= 20}}
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Populate the ComboBox and allow no more
	    # than 6 digits in its Entry component
	    #
	    $w configure -values {50 75 110 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400
				  57600 115200 230400 460800 921600}
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 6 && [regexp {^[0-9]*$} %S]}}
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Configure the SpinBox
	    #
	    $w configure -range {5 8 1} -editable no
	}

	parity {
	    #
	    # Populate the ComboBox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {None Even Odd Mark Space} -editable no
	}

	stopBits {
	    #
	    # Populate the ComboBox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {1 1.5 2} -editable no
	}

	handshake {
	    #
	    # Populate the ComboBox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {XON/XOFF RTS/CTS None} -editable no
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 10 for the number of characters
	    # and allow only digits and the "-" character in it
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 10 && [regexp {^[0-9-]*$} %S]}}
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 8 for the number of characters
	    # and allow only digits and the ":" character in it
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 8 && [regexp {^[0-9:]*$} %S]}}
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Populate the menu and make sure the menubutton will display the
	    # color name rather than $text, which is "", due to -formatcommand
	    #
	    set menu [$w cget -menu]
	    foreach name $::colorNames {
		$menu add radiobutton -compound left \
		    -image img$::colors($name) -label $name
	    }
	    $menu entryconfigure 8 -columnbreak 1
	    return [$tbl cellcget $row,$col -text]
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editEndCmd
#
# Performs a final validation of the text contained in the edit window and gets
# the cell's internal contents.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editEndCmd {tbl row col text} {
    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	available {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    set img [expr {$text ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image $img
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the baud rate is an integer in the range 50..921600
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[0-9]+$} $text] || $text < 50 || $text > 921600} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The baud rate must be an integer in the range 50..921600"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Get the activation date in seconds from the last argument 
	    #
	    if {[catch {clock scan $text} actDate] != 0} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message "Invalid date"
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actTime [$tbl cellcget $row,actTime -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $actTime] -base $actDate]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actTime -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Get the activation clock value in seconds from the last argument 
	    #
	    set actDate [$tbl cellcget $row,actDate -text]
	    if {[catch {clock scan $text -base $actDate} actClock] != 0} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message "Invalid time"
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actDate -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image img$::colors($text)
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#define comp_width 14
#define comp_height 12
static unsigned char comp_bits[] = {
   0xff, 0x3f, 0x01, 0x20, 0xfd, 0x3f, 0x05, 0x20, 0xf5, 0x3f, 0x15, 0x20,
   0xd5, 0x3f, 0x55, 0x20, 0x55, 0x3f, 0x55, 0x21, 0x55, 0x21, 0xff, 0x3f};

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates how to use a tablelist widget for displaying and editing the
# configuration options of an arbitrary widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2000-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist 5.16

namespace eval demo {
    #
    # Get the current windowing system ("x11", "win32", "classic", or "aqua")
    # and add some entries to the Tk option database for the following
    # widget hierarchy within a top-level widget of the class DemoTop:
    #
    # Name		Class
    # -----------------------------
    # tf		Frame
    #   tbl		  Tabellist
    #   vsb, hsb	  Scrollbar
    # bf		Frame
    #   b1, b2, b3	  Button
    #
    variable winSys
    if {[catch {tk windowingsystem} winSys] != 0} {
	switch $::tcl_platform(platform) {
	    unix	{ set winSys x11 }
	    windows	{ set winSys win32 }
	    macintosh	{ set winSys classic }
	}
    }
    if {[string compare $winSys "x11"] == 0} {
	#
	# Create the font TkDefaultFont if not yet present
	#
	catch {font create TkDefaultFont -family Helvetica -size -12}

	option add *DemoTop*Font			TkDefaultFont
	option add *DemoTop*selectBackground		#678db2
	option add *DemoTop*selectForeground		white
    } else {
	option add *DemoTop.tf.borderWidth		1
	option add *DemoTop.tf.relief			sunken
	option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.borderWidth		0
	option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.highlightThickness	0
    }
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.background		white
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.stripeBackground		#f0f0f0
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.setGrid			yes
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl*Entry.background		white
    option add *DemoTop.bf.Button.width			10
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::displayConfig
#
# Displays the configuration options of the widget w in a tablelist widget
# contained in a newly created top-level widget.  Returns the name of the
# tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::displayConfig w {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\""
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Create a top-level widget of the class DemoTop
    #
    set top .configTop
    for {set n 2} {[winfo exists $top]} {incr n} {
	set top .configTop$n
    }
    toplevel $top -class DemoTop
    wm title $top "Configuration Options of the [winfo class $w] Widget \"$w\""

    #
    # Create a scrolled tablelist widget with 5 dynamic-width
    # columns and interactive sort capability within the top-level
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    frame $tf
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    set hsb $tf.hsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columns {0 "Command-Line Name"
		  0 "Database/Alias Name"
		  0 "Database Class"
		  0 "Default Value"
		  0 "Current Value"} \
	-labelcommand tablelist::sortByColumn -sortcommand demo::compareAsSet \
	-editendcommand demo::applyValue -height 15 -width 100 -stretch all \
	-xscrollcommand [list $hsb set] -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set]
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -maxwidth 30
    $tbl columnconfigure 4 -maxwidth 30 -editable yes
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical   -command [list $tbl yview]
    scrollbar $hsb -orient horizontal -command [list $tbl xview]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a frame child of the top-level widget
    #
    set bf $top.bf
    frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    button $b1 -text "Refresh"     -command [list demo::putConfig $w $tbl]
    button $b2 -text "Sort as Set" -command [list $tbl sort]
    button $b3 -text "Close"       -command [list destroy $top]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    variable winSys
    if {[string compare $winSys "aqua"] == 0} {
	grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
	grid $vsb	       -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
	grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid $hsb -row 2 -column 0 -sticky ew
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the configuration options of the given widget
    #
    putConfig $w $tbl
    return $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putConfig
#
# Outputs the configuration options of the widget w into the tablelist widget
# tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putConfig {w tbl} {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Display the configuration options of w in the tablelist widget tbl
    #
    $tbl delete 0 end
    foreach configSet [$w configure] {
	#
	# Insert the list configSet into the tablelist widget
	#
	$tbl insert end $configSet

	if {[llength $configSet] == 2} {
	    $tbl rowconfigure end -foreground gray50 -selectforeground gray75
	    $tbl cellconfigure end -editable no
	} else {
	    #
	    # Change the colors of the first and last cell of the row
	    # if the current value is different from the default one
	    #
	    set default [lindex $configSet 3]
	    set current [lindex $configSet 4]
	    if {[string compare $default $current] != 0} {
		foreach col {0 4} {
		    $tbl cellconfigure end,$col \
			 -foreground red -selectforeground yellow
		}
	    }
	}
    }

    $tbl sortbycolumn 0
    $tbl activate 0
    $tbl attrib widget $w
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::compareAsSet
#
# Compares two items of a tablelist widget used to display the configuration
# options of an arbitrary widget.  The item in which the current value is
# different from the default one is considered to be less than the other; if
# both items fulfil this condition or its negation then string comparison is
# applied to the two option names.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::compareAsSet {item1 item2} {
    foreach {opt1 dbName1 dbClass1 default1 current1} $item1 \
	    {opt2 dbName2 dbClass2 default2 current2} $item2 {
	set changed1 [expr {[string compare $default1 $current1] != 0}]
	set changed2 [expr {[string compare $default2 $current2] != 0}]
	if {$changed1 == $changed2} {
	    return [string compare $opt1 $opt2]
	} elseif {$changed1} {
	    return -1
	} else {
	    return 1
	}
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::applyValue
#
# Applies the new value of the configuraton option contained in the given row
# of the tablelist widget tbl to the widget whose options are displayed in it,
# and updates the colors of the first and last cell of the row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::applyValue {tbl row col text} {
    #
    # Try to apply the new value of the option contained in
    # the given row to the widget whose options are displayed
    # in the tablelist; reject the value if the attempt fails
    #
    set w [$tbl attrib widget]
    set opt [$tbl cellcget $row,0 -text]
    if {[catch {$w configure $opt $text} result] != 0} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message $result \
	    -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	$tbl rejectinput
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Replace the new option value with its canonical form and
    # update the colors of the first and last cell of the row
    #
    set text [$w cget $opt]
    set default [$tbl cellcget $row,3 -text]
    if {[string compare $default $text] == 0} {
	foreach col {0 4} {
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col \
		 -foreground "" -selectforeground ""
	}
    } else {
	foreach col {0 4} {
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col \
		 -foreground red -selectforeground yellow
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

if {$tcl_interactive} {
    return "\nTo display the configuration options of an arbitrary\
	    widget, enter\n\n\tdemo::displayConfig <widgetName>\n"
} else {
    wm withdraw .
    tk_messageBox -title $argv0 -icon warning -message \
	"Please source this script into\nan interactive wish session"
    exit 1
}

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates how to use a tablelist widget for displaying and editing the
# configuration options of an arbitrary widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2000-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16

namespace eval demo {
    #
    # Get the current windowing system ("x11", "win32", or "aqua")
    # and add some entries to the Tk option database for the following
    # widget hierarchy within a top-level widget of the class DemoTop:
    #
    # Name		Class
    # -----------------------------
    # tf		TFrame
    #   tbl		  Tabellist
    #   vsb, hsb	  TScrollbar
    # bf		TFrame
    #   b1, b2, b3	  TButton
    #
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
	option add *DemoTop*Font			TkDefaultFont
    } else {
	option add *DemoTop.tf.borderWidth		1
	option add *DemoTop.tf.relief			sunken
	option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.borderWidth		0
    }
    tablelist::setThemeDefaults
    set foreground [winfo rgb . $tablelist::themeDefaults(-foreground)]
    set selectFg   [winfo rgb . $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectforeground)]
    set selectFgEqForeground [expr {$selectFg eq $foreground}]
    variable currentTheme [tablelist::getCurrentTheme]
    if {$currentTheme ne "aqua"} {
	option add *DemoTop*selectBackground \
		   $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectbackground)
	option add *DemoTop*selectForeground \
		   $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectforeground)
	option add *DemoTop*selectBorderWidth \
		   $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectborderwidth)
    }
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.background		white
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.stripeBackground		#f0f0f0
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.setGrid			yes
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl*Entry.background		white
    option add *DemoTop.bf.TButton.width		10
}

#
# Work around the improper appearance of the tile scrollbars in the aqua theme
#
if {$demo::currentTheme eq "aqua"} {
    interp alias {} ttk::scrollbar {} ::scrollbar
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::displayConfig
#
# Displays the configuration options of the widget w in a tablelist widget
# contained in a newly created top-level widget.  Returns the name of the
# tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::displayConfig w {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\""
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Create a top-level widget of the class DemoTop
    #
    set top .configTop
    for {set n 2} {[winfo exists $top]} {incr n} {
	set top .configTop$n
    }
    toplevel $top -class DemoTop
    wm title $top "Configuration Options of the [winfo class $w] Widget \"$w\""

    #
    # Create a scrolled tablelist widget with 5 dynamic-width
    # columns and interactive sort capability within the top-level
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    ttk::frame $tf
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    set hsb $tf.hsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columns {0 "Command-Line Name"
		  0 "Database/Alias Name"
		  0 "Database Class"
		  0 "Default Value"
		  0 "Current Value"} \
	-labelcommand tablelist::sortByColumn -sortcommand demo::compareAsSet \
	-editendcommand demo::applyValue -height 15 -width 100 -stretch all \
	-xscrollcommand [list $hsb set] -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set]
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -maxwidth 30
    $tbl columnconfigure 4 -maxwidth 30 -editable yes
    ttk::scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical   -command [list $tbl yview]
    ttk::scrollbar $hsb -orient horizontal -command [list $tbl xview]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a tile frame child of the top-level widget
    #
    set bf $top.bf
    ttk::frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    ttk::button $b1 -text "Refresh"     -command [list demo::putConfig $w $tbl]
    ttk::button $b2 -text "Sort as Set" -command [list $tbl sort]
    ttk::button $b3 -text "Close"       -command [list destroy $top]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
	grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
	grid $vsb	       -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
	grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid $hsb -row 2 -column 0 -sticky ew
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the configuration options of the given widget
    #
    putConfig $w $tbl
    return $tbl
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putConfig
#
# Outputs the configuration options of the widget w into the tablelist widget
# tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putConfig {w tbl} {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
	    "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Display the configuration options of w in the tablelist widget tbl
    #
    $tbl delete 0 end
    foreach configSet [$w configure] {
	#
	# Insert the list configSet into the tablelist widget
	#
	$tbl insert end $configSet

	if {[llength $configSet] == 2} {
	    $tbl rowconfigure end -foreground gray50 -selectforeground gray75
	    $tbl cellconfigure end -editable no
	} else {
	    #
	    # Change the colors of the first and last cell of the row
	    # if the current value is different from the default one
	    #
	    set default [lindex $configSet 3]
	    set current [lindex $configSet 4]
	    if {[string compare $default $current] != 0} {
		foreach col {0 4} {
		    $tbl cellconfigure end,$col -foreground red
		    if {$demo::selectFgEqForeground} {
			$tbl cellconfigure end,$col -selectforeground red
		    } else {
			$tbl cellconfigure end,$col -selectforeground yellow
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    }

    $tbl sortbycolumn 0
    $tbl activate 0
    $tbl attrib widget $w
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::compareAsSet
#
# Compares two items of a tablelist widget used to display the configuration
# options of an arbitrary widget.  The item in which the current value is
# different from the default one is considered to be less than the other; if
# both items fulfil this condition or its negation then string comparison is
# applied to the two option names.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::compareAsSet {item1 item2} {
    foreach {opt1 dbName1 dbClass1 default1 current1} $item1 \
	    {opt2 dbName2 dbClass2 default2 current2} $item2 {
	set changed1 [expr {[string compare $default1 $current1] != 0}]
	set changed2 [expr {[string compare $default2 $current2] != 0}]
	if {$changed1 == $changed2} {
	    return [string compare $opt1 $opt2]
	} elseif {$changed1} {
	    return -1
	} else {
	    return 1
	}
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::applyValue
#
# Applies the new value of the configuraton option contained in the given row
# of the tablelist widget tbl to the widget whose options are displayed in it,
# and updates the colors of the first and last cell of the row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::applyValue {tbl row col text} {
    #
    # Try to apply the new value of the option contained in
    # the given row to the widget whose options are displayed
    # in the tablelist; reject the value if the attempt fails
    #
    set w [$tbl attrib widget]
    set opt [$tbl cellcget $row,0 -text]
    if {[catch {$w configure $opt $text} result] != 0} {
	bell
	tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message $result \
	    -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
	$tbl rejectinput
	return ""
    }

    #
    # Replace the new option value with its canonical form and
    # update the colors of the first and last cell of the row
    #
    set text [$w cget $opt]
    set default [$tbl cellcget $row,3 -text]
    if {[string compare $default $text] == 0} {
	foreach col {0 4} {
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col \
		 -foreground "" -selectforeground ""
	}
    } else {
	foreach col {0 4} {
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -foreground red
	    if {$demo::selectFgEqForeground} {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -selectforeground red
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -selectforeground yellow
	    }
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

if {$tcl_interactive} {
    return "\nTo display the configuration options of an arbitrary\
	    widget, enter\n\n\tdemo::displayConfig <widgetName>\n"
} else {
    wm withdraw .
    tk_messageBox -title $argv0 -icon warning -message \
	"Please source this script into\nan interactive wish session"
    exit 1
}

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates how to use a tablelist widget for displaying the contents of a
# directory.
#
# Copyright (c) 2010-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require Tk 8.3
package require tablelist 5.16

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option.tcl]

#
# Create three images
#
image create photo clsdFolderImg -file [file join $dir clsdFolder.gif]
image create photo openFolderImg -file [file join $dir openFolder.gif]
image create photo fileImg       -file [file join $dir file.gif]

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# displayContents
#
# Displays the contents of the directory dir in a tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc displayContents dir {
    #
    # Create a scrolled tablelist widget with 3 dynamic-
    # width columns and interactive sort capability
    #
    set tf .tf
    frame $tf -class ScrollArea
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    set hsb $tf.hsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columns {0 "Name"	    left
		  0 "Size"	    right
		  0 "Date Modified" left} \
	-expandcommand expandCmd -collapsecommand collapseCmd \
	-xscrollcommand [list $hsb set] -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] \
	-movablecolumns no -setgrid no -showseparators yes -height 18 -width 80
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    $tbl columnconfigure 0 -formatcommand formatString -sortmode dictionary
    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -formatcommand formatSize -sortmode integer
    $tbl columnconfigure 2 -formatcommand formatString
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical   -command [list $tbl yview]
    scrollbar $hsb -orient horizontal -command [list $tbl xview]

    #
    # Create a pop-up menu with one command entry; bind the script
    # associated with its entry to the <Double-1> event, too
    #
    set menu .menu
    menu $menu -tearoff no
    $menu add command -label "Display Contents" \
		      -command [list putContentsOfSelFolder $tbl]
    set bodyTag [$tbl bodytag]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>>  [bind TablelistBody <Button-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[bind TablelistBody <ButtonRelease-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[list postPopupMenu %X %Y]
    bind $bodyTag <Double-1>   [list putContentsOfSelFolder $tbl]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a frame child of the main widget
    #
    set bf .bf
    frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    button $b1 -width 10 -text "Refresh"
    button $b2 -width 10 -text "Parent"
    button $b3 -width 10 -text "Close" -command exit

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    global winSys
    if {[string compare $winSys "aqua"] == 0} {
	grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
	grid $vsb	       -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
	grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid $hsb -row 2 -column 0 -sticky ew
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the contents of the given directory
    #
    $tbl sortbycolumn 0
    putContents $dir $tbl root
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# putContents
#
# Outputs the contents of the directory dir into the tablelist widget tbl, as
# child items of the one identified by nodeIdx.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc putContents {dir tbl nodeIdx} {
    #
    # The following check is necessary because this procedure
    # is also invoked by the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
    #
    if {[string compare $dir ""] != 0 &&
	(![file isdirectory $dir] || ![file readable $dir])} {
	bell
	if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	    set choice [tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon warning -message \
			"Cannot read directory \"[file nativename $dir]\"\
			-- replacing it with nearest existent ancestor" \
			-type okcancel -default ok]
	    if {[string compare $choice "ok"] == 0} {
		while {![file isdirectory $dir] || ![file readable $dir]} {
		    set dir [file dirname $dir]
		}
	    } else {
		return ""
	    }
	} else {
	    return ""
	}
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	if {[string compare $dir ""] == 0} {
	    if {[llength [file volumes]] == 1} {
		wm title . "Contents of the File System"
	    } else {
		wm title . "Contents of the File Systems"
	    }
	} else {
	    wm title . "Contents of the Directory \"[file nativename $dir]\""
	}

	$tbl delete 0 end
	set row 0
    } else {
	set row [expr {$nodeIdx + 1}]
    }

    #
    # Build a list from the data of the subdirectories and
    # files of the directory dir.  Prepend a "D" or "F" to
    # each entry's name and modification date & time, for
    # sorting purposes (it will be removed by formatString).
    #
    set itemList {}
    if {[string compare $dir ""] == 0} {
	foreach volume [file volumes] {
	    lappend itemList [list D[file nativename $volume] -1 D $volume]
	}
    } else {
	foreach entry [glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $dir *] {
	    if {[catch {file mtime $entry} modTime] != 0} {
		continue
	    }

	    if {[file isdirectory $entry]} {
		lappend itemList [list D[file tail $entry] -1 \
		    D[clock format $modTime -format "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M"] $entry]
	    } else {
		lappend itemList [list F[file tail $entry] [file size $entry] \
		    F[clock format $modTime -format "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M"] ""]
	    }
	}
    }

    #
    # Sort the above list and insert it into the tablelist widget
    # tbl as list of children of the row identified by nodeIdx
    #
    set itemList [$tbl applysorting $itemList]
    $tbl insertchildlist $nodeIdx end $itemList

    #
    # Insert an image into the first cell of each newly inserted row
    #
    foreach item $itemList {
	set name [lindex $item end]
	if {[string compare $name ""] == 0} {			;# file
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image fileImg
	} else {						;# directory
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image clsdFolderImg
	    $tbl rowattrib $row pathName $name

	    #
	    # Mark the row as collapsed if the directory is non-empty
	    #
	    if {[file readable $name] && [llength \
		[glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $name *]] != 0} {
		$tbl collapse $row
	    }
	}

	incr row
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	#
	# Configure the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
	#
	.bf.b1 configure -command [list refreshView $dir $tbl]
	set b2 .bf.b2
	if {[string compare $dir ""] == 0} {
	    $b2 configure -state disabled
	} else {
	    $b2 configure -state normal
	    set p [file dirname $dir]
	    if {[string compare $p $dir] == 0} {
		$b2 configure -command [list putContents "" $tbl root]
	    } else {
		$b2 configure -command [list putContents $p $tbl root]
	    }
	}
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# formatString
#
# Returns the substring obtained from the specified value by removing its first
# character.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc formatString val {
    return [string range $val 1 end]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# formatSize
#
# Returns an empty string if the specified value is negative and the value
# itself in user-friendly format otherwise.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc formatSize val {
    if {$val < 0} {
	return ""
    } elseif {$val < 1024} {
	return "$val bytes"
    } elseif {$val < 1048576} {
	return [format "%.1f KB" [expr {$val / 1024.0}]]
    } elseif {$val < 1073741824} {
	return [format "%.1f MB" [expr {$val / 1048576.0}]]
    } else {
	return [format "%.1f GB" [expr {$val / 1073741824.0}]]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# expandCmd
#
# Outputs the contents of the directory whose leaf name is displayed in the
# first cell of the specified row of the tablelist widget tbl, as child items
# of the one identified by row, and updates the image displayed in that cell.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc expandCmd {tbl row} {
    if {[$tbl childcount $row] == 0} {
	set dir [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	putContents $dir $tbl $row
    }

    if {[$tbl childcount $row] != 0} {
	$tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image openFolderImg
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# collapseCmd
#
# Updates the image displayed in the first cell of the specified row of the
# tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc collapseCmd {tbl row} {
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image clsdFolderImg
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# putContentsOfSelFolder
#
# Outputs the contents of the selected folder into the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc putContentsOfSelFolder tbl {
    set row [$tbl curselection]
    if {[$tbl hasrowattrib $row pathName]} {		;# directory item
	set dir [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	if {[file isdirectory $dir] && [file readable $dir]} {
	    if {[llength [glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $dir *]]
		== 0} {
		bell
	    } else {
		putContents $dir $tbl root
	    }
	} else {
	    bell
	    tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		"Cannot read directory \"[file nativename $dir]\""
	    return ""
	}
    } else {						;# file item
	bell
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# postPopupMenu
#
# Posts the pop-up menu .menu at the given screen position.  Before posting
# the menu, the procedure enables/disables its only entry, depending upon
# whether the selected item represents a readable directory or not.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc postPopupMenu {rootX rootY} {
    set tbl .tf.tbl
    set row [$tbl curselection]
    set menu .menu
    if {[$tbl hasrowattrib $row pathName]} {		;# directory item
	set dir [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	if {[file isdirectory $dir] && [file readable $dir]} {
	    if {[llength [glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $dir *]]
		== 0} {
		$menu entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
	    } else {
		$menu entryconfigure 0 -state normal
	    }
	} else {
	    bell
	    tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		"Cannot read directory \"[file nativename $dir]\""
	    return ""
	}
    } else {						;# file item
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
    }

    tk_popup $menu $rootX $rootY
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# refreshView
#
# Redisplays the contents of the directory dir in the tablelist widget tbl and
# restores the expanded states of the folders as well as the vertical view.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc refreshView {dir tbl} {
    #
    # Save the vertical view and get the path names
    # of the folders displayed in the expanded rows
    #
    set yView [$tbl yview]
    foreach key [$tbl expandedkeys] {
	set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
	set expandedFolders($pathName) 1
    }

    #
    # Redisplay the directory's (possibly changed) contents and restore
    # the expanded states of the folders, along with the vertical view
    #
    putContents $dir $tbl root
    restoreExpandedStates $tbl root expandedFolders
    $tbl yview moveto [lindex $yView 0]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# restoreExpandedStates
#
# Expands those children of the parent identified by nodeIdx that display
# folders whose path names are the names of the elements of the array specified
# by the last argument.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc restoreExpandedStates {tbl nodeIdx expandedFoldersName} {
    upvar $expandedFoldersName expandedFolders

    foreach key [$tbl childkeys $nodeIdx] {
	set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
	if {[string compare $pathName ""] != 0 &&
	    [info exists expandedFolders($pathName)]} {
	    $tbl expand $key -partly
	    restoreExpandedStates $tbl $key expandedFolders
	}
    }
}

displayContents ""

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates how to use a tablelist widget for displaying the contents of a
# directory.
#
# Copyright (c) 2010-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option_tile.tcl]

#
# Create three images
#
image create photo clsdFolderImg -file [file join $dir clsdFolder.gif]
image create photo openFolderImg -file [file join $dir openFolder.gif]
image create photo fileImg       -file [file join $dir file.gif]

#
# Work around the improper appearance of the tile scrollbars in the aqua theme
#
if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
    interp alias {} ttk::scrollbar {} ::scrollbar
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# displayContents
#
# Displays the contents of the directory dir in a tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc displayContents dir {
    #
    # Create a scrolled tablelist widget with 3 dynamic-
    # width columns and interactive sort capability
    #
    set tf .tf
    ttk::frame $tf -class ScrollArea
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    set hsb $tf.hsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columns {0 "Name"	    left
		  0 "Size"	    right
		  0 "Date Modified" left} \
	-expandcommand expandCmd -collapsecommand collapseCmd \
	-xscrollcommand [list $hsb set] -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] \
	-movablecolumns no -setgrid no -showseparators yes -height 18 -width 80
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    $tbl columnconfigure 0 -formatcommand formatString -sortmode dictionary
    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -formatcommand formatSize -sortmode integer
    $tbl columnconfigure 2 -formatcommand formatString
    ttk::scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical   -command [list $tbl yview]
    ttk::scrollbar $hsb -orient horizontal -command [list $tbl xview]

    #
    # Create a pop-up menu with one command entry; bind the script
    # associated with its entry to the <Double-1> event, too
    #
    set menu .menu
    menu $menu -tearoff no
    $menu add command -label "Display Contents" \
		      -command [list putContentsOfSelFolder $tbl]
    set bodyTag [$tbl bodytag]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>>  [bind TablelistBody <Button-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[bind TablelistBody <ButtonRelease-1>]
    bind $bodyTag <<Button3>> +[list postPopupMenu %X %Y]
    bind $bodyTag <Double-1>   [list putContentsOfSelFolder $tbl]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a frame child of the main widget
    #
    set bf .bf
    ttk::frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    ttk::button $b1 -width 10 -text "Refresh"
    ttk::button $b2 -width 10 -text "Parent"
    ttk::button $b3 -width 10 -text "Close" -command exit

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
	grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
	grid $vsb	       -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
	grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid $hsb -row 2 -column 0 -sticky ew
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the contents of the given directory
    #
    $tbl sortbycolumn 0
    putContents $dir $tbl root
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# putContents
#
# Outputs the contents of the directory dir into the tablelist widget tbl, as
# child items of the one identified by nodeIdx.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc putContents {dir tbl nodeIdx} {
    #
    # The following check is necessary because this procedure
    # is also invoked by the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
    #
    if {[string compare $dir ""] != 0 &&
	(![file isdirectory $dir] || ![file readable $dir])} {
	bell
	if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	    set choice [tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon warning -message \
			"Cannot read directory \"[file nativename $dir]\"\
			-- replacing it with nearest existent ancestor" \
			-type okcancel -default ok]
	    if {[string compare $choice "ok"] == 0} {
		while {![file isdirectory $dir] || ![file readable $dir]} {
		    set dir [file dirname $dir]
		}
	    } else {
		return ""
	    }
	} else {
	    return ""
	}
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	if {[string compare $dir ""] == 0} {
	    if {[llength [file volumes]] == 1} {
		wm title . "Contents of the File System"
	    } else {
		wm title . "Contents of the File Systems"
	    }
	} else {
	    wm title . "Contents of the Directory \"[file nativename $dir]\""
	}

	$tbl delete 0 end
	set row 0
    } else {
	set row [expr {$nodeIdx + 1}]
    }

    #
    # Build a list from the data of the subdirectories and
    # files of the directory dir.  Prepend a "D" or "F" to
    # each entry's name and modification date & time, for
    # sorting purposes (it will be removed by formatString).
    #
    set itemList {}
    if {[string compare $dir ""] == 0} {
	foreach volume [file volumes] {
	    lappend itemList [list D[file nativename $volume] -1 D $volume]
	}
    } else {
	foreach entry [glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $dir *] {
	    if {[catch {file mtime $entry} modTime] != 0} {
		continue
	    }

	    if {[file isdirectory $entry]} {
		lappend itemList [list D[file tail $entry] -1 \
		    D[clock format $modTime -format "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M"] $entry]
	    } else {
		lappend itemList [list F[file tail $entry] [file size $entry] \
		    F[clock format $modTime -format "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M"] ""]
	    }
	}
    }

    #
    # Sort the above list and insert it into the tablelist widget
    # tbl as list of children of the row identified by nodeIdx
    #
    set itemList [$tbl applysorting $itemList]
    $tbl insertchildlist $nodeIdx end $itemList

    #
    # Insert an image into the first cell of each newly inserted row
    #
    foreach item $itemList {
	set name [lindex $item end]
	if {[string compare $name ""] == 0} {			;# file
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image fileImg
	} else {						;# directory
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image clsdFolderImg
	    $tbl rowattrib $row pathName $name

	    #
	    # Mark the row as collapsed if the directory is non-empty
	    #
	    if {[file readable $name] && [llength \
		[glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $name *]] != 0} {
		$tbl collapse $row
	    }
	}

	incr row
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
	#
	# Configure the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
	#
	.bf.b1 configure -command [list refreshView $dir $tbl]
	set b2 .bf.b2
	if {[string compare $dir ""] == 0} {
	    $b2 configure -state disabled
	} else {
	    $b2 configure -state normal
	    set p [file dirname $dir]
	    if {[string compare $p $dir] == 0} {
		$b2 configure -command [list putContents "" $tbl root]
	    } else {
		$b2 configure -command [list putContents $p $tbl root]
	    }
	}
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# formatString
#
# Returns the substring obtained from the specified value by removing its first
# character.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc formatString val {
    return [string range $val 1 end]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# formatSize
#
# Returns an empty string if the specified value is negative and the value
# itself in user-friendly format otherwise.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc formatSize val {
    if {$val < 0} {
	return ""
    } elseif {$val < 1024} {
	return "$val bytes"
    } elseif {$val < 1048576} {
	return [format "%.1f KB" [expr {$val / 1024.0}]]
    } elseif {$val < 1073741824} {
	return [format "%.1f MB" [expr {$val / 1048576.0}]]
    } else {
	return [format "%.1f GB" [expr {$val / 1073741824.0}]]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# expandCmd
#
# Outputs the contents of the directory whose leaf name is displayed in the
# first cell of the specified row of the tablelist widget tbl, as child items
# of the one identified by row, and updates the image displayed in that cell.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc expandCmd {tbl row} {
    if {[$tbl childcount $row] == 0} {
	set dir [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	putContents $dir $tbl $row
    }

    if {[$tbl childcount $row] != 0} {
	$tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image openFolderImg
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# collapseCmd
#
# Updates the image displayed in the first cell of the specified row of the
# tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc collapseCmd {tbl row} {
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image clsdFolderImg
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# putContentsOfSelFolder
#
# Outputs the contents of the selected folder into the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc putContentsOfSelFolder tbl {
    set row [$tbl curselection]
    if {[$tbl hasrowattrib $row pathName]} {		;# directory item
	set dir [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	if {[file isdirectory $dir] && [file readable $dir]} {
	    if {[llength [glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $dir *]]
		== 0} {
		bell
	    } else {
		putContents $dir $tbl root
	    }
	} else {
	    bell
	    tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		"Cannot read directory \"[file nativename $dir]\""
	    return ""
	}
    } else {						;# file item
	bell
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# postPopupMenu
#
# Posts the pop-up menu .menu at the given screen position.  Before posting
# the menu, the procedure enables/disables its only entry, depending upon
# whether the selected item represents a readable directory or not.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc postPopupMenu {rootX rootY} {
    set tbl .tf.tbl
    set row [$tbl curselection]
    set menu .menu
    if {[$tbl hasrowattrib $row pathName]} {		;# directory item
	set dir [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
	if {[file isdirectory $dir] && [file readable $dir]} {
	    if {[llength [glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $dir *]]
		== 0} {
		$menu entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
	    } else {
		$menu entryconfigure 0 -state normal
	    }
	} else {
	    bell
	    tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		"Cannot read directory \"[file nativename $dir]\""
	    return ""
	}
    } else {						;# file item
	$menu entryconfigure 0 -state disabled
    }

    tk_popup $menu $rootX $rootY
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# refreshView
#
# Redisplays the contents of the directory dir in the tablelist widget tbl and
# restores the expanded states of the folders as well as the vertical view.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc refreshView {dir tbl} {
    #
    # Save the vertical view and get the path names
    # of the folders displayed in the expanded rows
    #
    set yView [$tbl yview]
    foreach key [$tbl expandedkeys] {
	set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
	set expandedFolders($pathName) 1
    }

    #
    # Redisplay the directory's (possibly changed) contents and restore
    # the expanded states of the folders, along with the vertical view
    #
    putContents $dir $tbl root
    restoreExpandedStates $tbl root expandedFolders
    $tbl yview moveto [lindex $yView 0]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# restoreExpandedStates
#
# Expands those children of the parent identified by nodeIdx that display
# folders whose path names are the names of the elements of the array specified
# by the last argument.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc restoreExpandedStates {tbl nodeIdx expandedFoldersName} {
    upvar $expandedFoldersName expandedFolders

    foreach key [$tbl childkeys $nodeIdx] {
	set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
	if {[string compare $pathName ""] != 0 &&
	    [info exists expandedFolders($pathName)]} {
	    $tbl expand $key -partly
	    restoreExpandedStates $tbl $key expandedFolders
	}
    }
}

displayContents ""

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the use of embedded windows in tablelist widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist 5.16

wm title . "Tk Library Scripts"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option.tcl]

#
# Create the font TkFixedFont if not yet present
#
catch {font create TkFixedFont -family Courier -size -12}

#
# Create an image to be displayed in buttons embedded in a tablelist widget
#
image create photo openImg -file [file join $dir open.gif]

#
# Create a vertically scrolled tablelist widget with 5
# dynamic-width columns and interactive sort capability
#
set tf .tf
frame $tf -class ScrollArea 
set tbl $tf.tbl
set vsb $tf.vsb
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "File Name" left
	      0 "Bar Chart" center
	      0 "File Size" right
	      0 "View"      center
	      0 "Seen"      center} \
    -setgrid no -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -name fileName
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -formatcommand emptyStr -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name fileSize -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name seen
scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $tbl yview]

proc emptyStr val { return "" }

eval font create BoldFont [font actual [$tbl cget -font]] -weight bold

#
# Populate the tablelist widget
#
cd $tk_library
set maxFileSize 0
foreach fileName [lsort [glob *.tcl]] {
    set fileSize [file size $fileName]
    $tbl insert end [list $fileName $fileSize $fileSize "" no]

    if {$fileSize > $maxFileSize} {
	set maxFileSize $fileSize
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# createFrame
#
# Creates a frame widget w to be embedded into the specified cell of the
# tablelist widget tbl, as well as a child frame representing the size of the
# file whose name is diplayed in the first column of the cell's row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc createFrame {tbl row col w} {
    #
    # Create the frame and replace the binding tag "Frame"
    # with "TablelistBody" in the list of its binding tags
    #
    frame $w -width 102 -height 14 -background ivory -borderwidth 1 \
	     -relief solid
    bindtags $w [lreplace [bindtags $w] 1 1 TablelistBody]

    #
    # Create the child frame and replace the binding tag "Frame"
    # with "TablelistBody" in the list of its binding tags
    #
    frame $w.f -height 12 -background red -borderwidth 1 -relief raised
    bindtags $w.f [lreplace [bindtags $w] 1 1 TablelistBody]

    #
    # Manage the child frame
    #
    set fileSize [$tbl cellcget $row,fileSize -text]
    place $w.f -relwidth [expr {double($fileSize) / $::maxFileSize}]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# createButton
#
# Creates a button widget w to be embedded into the specified cell of the
# tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc createButton {tbl row col w} {
    set key [$tbl getkeys $row]
    button $w -image openImg -highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 \
	      -command [list viewFile $tbl $key]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# viewFile
#
# Displays the contents of the file whose name is contained in the row with the
# given key of the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc viewFile {tbl key} {
    set top .top$key
    if {[winfo exists $top]} {
	raise $top
	return ""
    }

    toplevel $top
    set fileName [$tbl cellcget k$key,fileName -text]
    wm title $top "File \"$fileName\""

    #
    # Create a vertically scrolled text widget as a grandchild of the toplevel
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    frame $tf -class ScrollArea 
    set txt $tf.txt
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    text $txt -background white -font TkFixedFont -setgrid yes \
	      -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set]
    catch {$txt configure -tabstyle wordprocessor}	;# for Tk 8.5 and above
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $txt yview]

    #
    # Insert the file's contents into the text widget
    #
    set chan [open $fileName]
    $txt insert end [read $chan]
    close $chan

    set btn [button $top.btn -text "Close" -command [list destroy $top]]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $txt -row 0 -column 0 -sticky news
    grid $vsb -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ns
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 0 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
    pack $tf  -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Mark the file as seen
    #
    $tbl rowconfigure k$key -font BoldFont
    $tbl cellconfigure k$key,seen -text yes
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

#
# Create embedded windows in the columns no. 1 and 3
#
set rowCount [$tbl size]
for {set row 0} {$row < $rowCount} {incr row} {
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,1 -window createFrame -stretchwindow yes
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,3 -window createButton
}

set btn [button .btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
if {[string compare $winSys "aqua"] == 0} {
    grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
    grid $vsb		   -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
} else {
    grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
}
grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tf  -side top -expand yes -fill both

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the use of embedded windows in tablelist widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16

wm title . "Tile Library Scripts"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option_tile.tcl]

#
# Create the font TkFixedFont if not yet present
#
catch {font create TkFixedFont -family Courier -size -12}

#
# Create an image to be displayed in buttons embedded in a tablelist widget
#
image create photo openImg -file [file join $dir open.gif]

if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
    #
    # Work around the improper appearance of the tile scrollbars
    #
    interp alias {} ttk::scrollbar {} ::scrollbar
} else {
    #
    # Make the embedded buttons as small as possible.  Recall that in most
    # themes, the tile buttons consist of the following element hierarchy:
    #
    # Button.border
    #     Button.focus	      (one of its options is -focusthickness)
    #         Button.padding  (two of its options are -padding and -shiftrelief)
    #             Button.label
    #
    if {[info commands "::ttk::style"] ne ""} {
	interp alias {} styleConfig {} ttk::style configure
    } elseif {[string compare $tile::version "0.7"] >= 0} {
	interp alias {} styleConfig {} style configure
    } else {
	interp alias {} styleConfig {} style default
    }
    styleConfig Embedded.TButton -focusthickness 0 -padding 0 -shiftrelief 0
}

#
# Create a vertically scrolled tablelist widget with 5
# dynamic-width columns and interactive sort capability
#
set tf .tf
ttk::frame $tf -class ScrollArea
set tbl $tf.tbl
set vsb $tf.vsb
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "File Name" left
	      0 "Bar Chart" center
	      0 "File Size" right
	      0 "View"      center
	      0 "Seen"      center} \
    -setgrid no -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -name fileName
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -formatcommand emptyStr -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name fileSize -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name seen
ttk::scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $tbl yview]

proc emptyStr val { return "" }

eval font create BoldFont [font actual [$tbl cget -font]] -weight bold

#
# Populate the tablelist widget
#
if {[info exists ttk::library]} {
    cd $ttk::library
} else {
    cd $tile::library
}
set maxFileSize 0
foreach fileName [lsort [glob *.tcl]] {
    set fileSize [file size $fileName]
    $tbl insert end [list $fileName $fileSize $fileSize "" no]

    if {$fileSize > $maxFileSize} {
	set maxFileSize $fileSize
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# createFrame
#
# Creates a frame widget w to be embedded into the specified cell of the
# tablelist widget tbl, as well as a child frame representing the size of the
# file whose name is diplayed in the first column of the cell's row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc createFrame {tbl row col w} {
    #
    # Create the frame and replace the binding tag "Frame"
    # with "TablelistBody" in the list of its binding tags
    #
    frame $w -width 102 -height 14 -background ivory -borderwidth 1 \
	     -relief solid
    bindtags $w [lreplace [bindtags $w] 1 1 TablelistBody]

    #
    # Create the child frame and replace the binding tag "Frame"
    # with "TablelistBody" in the list of its binding tags
    #
    frame $w.f -height 12 -background red -borderwidth 1 -relief raised
    bindtags $w.f [lreplace [bindtags $w] 1 1 TablelistBody]

    #
    # Manage the child frame
    #
    set fileSize [$tbl cellcget $row,fileSize -text]
    place $w.f -relwidth [expr {double($fileSize) / $::maxFileSize}]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# createButton
#
# Creates a button widget w to be embedded into the specified cell of the
# tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc createButton {tbl row col w} {
    set key [$tbl getkeys $row]
    ttk::button $w -style Embedded.TButton -image openImg -takefocus 0 \
		   -command [list viewFile $tbl $key]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# viewFile
#
# Displays the contents of the file whose name is contained in the row with the
# given key of the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc viewFile {tbl key} {
    set top .top$key
    if {[winfo exists $top]} {
	raise $top
	return ""
    }

    toplevel $top
    set fileName [$tbl cellcget k$key,fileName -text]
    wm title $top "File \"$fileName\""

    #
    # Create a vertically scrolled text widget as a grandchild of the toplevel
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    ttk::frame $tf -class ScrollArea
    set txt $tf.txt
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    text $txt -background white -font TkFixedFont -highlightthickness 0 \
	      -setgrid yes -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set]
    catch {$txt configure -tabstyle wordprocessor}	;# for Tk 8.5 and above
    ttk::scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $txt yview]

    #
    # Insert the file's contents into the text widget
    #
    set chan [open $fileName]
    $txt insert end [read $chan]
    close $chan

    set bf $top.bf
    ttk::frame $bf
    set btn [ttk::button $bf.btn -text "Close" -command [list destroy $top]]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $txt -row 0 -column 0 -sticky news
    grid $vsb -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ns
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 0 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $btn -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Mark the file as seen
    #
    $tbl rowconfigure k$key -font BoldFont
    $tbl cellconfigure k$key,seen -text yes
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

#
# Create embedded windows in the columns no. 1 and 3
#
set rowCount [$tbl size]
for {set row 0} {$row < $rowCount} {incr row} {
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,1 -window createFrame -stretchwindow yes
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,3 -window createButton
}

set bf .bf
ttk::frame $bf
set btn [ttk::button $bf.btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
    grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
    grid $vsb		   -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
} else {
    grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
}
grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
pack $btn -pady 10
pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

#==============================================================================
# Creates some images.
#
# Copyright (c) 2011-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

#
# Create two images, to be displayed in tablelist cells with boolean values
#
image create photo checkedImg   -file [file join $dir checked.gif]
image create photo uncheckedImg -file [file join $dir unchecked.gif]

#
# Create 16 images representing different colors
#
set colorNames {
    "red" "green" "blue" "magenta"
    "yellow" "cyan" "white" "light gray"
    "dark red" "dark green" "dark blue" "dark magenta"
    "dark yellow" "dark cyan" "dark gray" "black"
}
set colorValues {
    #FF0000 #00FF00 #0000FF #FF00FF
    #FFFF00 #00FFFF #FFFFFF #C0C0C0
    #800000 #008000 #000080 #800080
    #808000 #008080 #808080 #000000
}
foreach name $colorNames value $colorValues {
    set colors($name) $value
}
foreach value $colorValues {
    image create photo img$value -height 13 -width 13
    img$value put gray50 -to 0 0 13 1				;# top edge
    img$value put gray50 -to 0 1 1 12				;# left edge
    img$value put gray75 -to 0 12 13 13				;# bottom edge
    img$value put gray75 -to 12 1 13 12				;# right edge
    img$value put $value -to 1 1 12 12
}

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the interactive tablelist cell editing with the aid of some
# widgets from the Iwidgets package and of the Tk core checkbutton and
# menubutton widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require Tk 8.4				;# because of "-compound"
package require tablelist 5.16
package require Iwidgets

wm title . "Serial Line Configuration"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option.tcl]
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.activeBackground	white
option add *Tablelist*textBackground			white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.disabledBackground		white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.disabledForeground		black
option add *Tablelist*Dateentry*Label.background	white
option add *Tablelist*Timeentry*Label.background	white

#
# Register some widgets from the Iwidgets package for interactive cell editing
#
tablelist::addIncrEntryfield
tablelist::addIncrSpinint
tablelist::addIncrCombobox
tablelist::addIncrDateTimeWidget dateentry -seconds
tablelist::addIncrDateTimeWidget timeentry -seconds

#
# Create the images "checkedImg" and "uncheckedImg", as well as 16 images of
# names like "img#FF0000", displaying colors identified by names like "red"
#
source [file join $dir images.tcl]

#
# Create a tablelist widget with editable columns (except the first one)
#
set tbl .tbl
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "No."		  right
	      0 "Available"	  center
	      0 "Name"		  left
	      0 "Baud Rate"	  right
	      0 "Data Bits"	  center
	      0 "Parity"	  left
	      0 "Stop Bits"	  center
	      0 "Handshake"	  left
	      0 "Activation Date" center
	      0 "Activation Time" center
	      0 "Cable Color"	  center} \
    -editstartcommand editStartCmd -editendcommand editEndCmd \
    -height 0 -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -name available -editable yes -editwindow checkbutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name lineName  -editable yes -editwindow entryfield \
    -sortmode dictionary
$tbl columnconfigure 3 -name baudRate  -editable yes -editwindow combobox \
    -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits  -editable yes -editwindow spinint
$tbl columnconfigure 5 -name parity    -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 6 -name stopBits  -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 7 -name handshake -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 8 -name actDate   -editable yes -editwindow dateentry \
    -formatcommand formatDate -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 9 -name actTime   -editable yes -editwindow timeentry \
    -formatcommand formatTime -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 10 -name color    -editable yes -editwindow menubutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr

proc emptyStr   val { return "" }
proc formatDate val { return [clock format $val -format "%Y-%m-%d"] }
proc formatTime val { return [clock format $val -format "%H:%M:%S"] }

#
# Populate the tablelist widget; set the activation
# date & time to 10 minutes past the current clock value
#
set clock [expr {[clock seconds] + 600}]
for {set i 0; set n 1} {$i < 16} {set i $n; incr n} {
    $tbl insert end [list $n [expr {$i < 8}] "Line $n" 9600 8 None 1 XON/XOFF \
	$clock $clock [lindex $colorNames $i]]

    set availImg [expr {($i < 8) ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
    $tbl cellconfigure end,available -image $availImg
    $tbl cellconfigure end,color -image img[lindex $colorValues $i]
}

set btn [button .btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tbl -side top -expand yes -fill both

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editStartCmd
#
# Applies some configuration options to the edit window; if the latter is a
# combobox, the procedure populates it.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editStartCmd {tbl row col text} {
    set w [$tbl editwinpath]

    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	lineName {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 20 for the number of characters
	    #
	    $w configure -pasting no -fixed 20
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and allow no more
	    # than 6 digits in its entry component
	    #
	    $w insert list end 50 75 110 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 \
			       57600 115200 230400 460800 921600
	    $w configure -pasting no -fixed 6 -validate numeric
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Configure the spinint widget
	    #
	    $w configure -range {5 8} -wrap no -pasting no -fixed 1 \
			 -validate {regexp {^[5-8]$} %c}
	}

	parity {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w insert list end None Even Odd Mark Space
	    $w configure -editable no -listheight 120
	}

	stopBits {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w insert list end 1 1.5 2
	    $w configure -editable no -listheight 90
	}

	handshake {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w insert list end XON/XOFF RTS/CTS None
	    $w configure -editable no -listheight 90
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Set the date format "%Y-%m-%d"
	    #
	    $w configure -int yes
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Set the time format "%H:%M:%S"
	    #
	    $w configure -format military
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Populate the menu and make sure the menubutton will display the
	    # color name rather than $text, which is "", due to -formatcommand
	    #
	    set menu [$w cget -menu]
	    foreach name $::colorNames {
		$menu add radiobutton -compound left \
		    -image img$::colors($name) -label $name
	    }
	    $menu entryconfigure 8 -columnbreak 1
	    return [$tbl cellcget $row,$col -text]
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editEndCmd
#
# Performs a final validation of the text contained in the edit window and gets
# the cell's internal contents.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editEndCmd {tbl row col text} {
    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	available {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    set img [expr {$text ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image $img
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the baud rate is an integer in the range 50..921600
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[0-9]+$} $text] || $text < 50 || $text > 921600} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The baud rate must be an integer in the range 50..921600"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Check whether the # of data bits is an integer in the range 5..8
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[5-8]$} $text]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The # of data bits must be an integer in the range 5..8"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actTime [$tbl cellcget $row,actTime -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $actTime] -base $text]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actTime -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actDate [$tbl cellcget $row,actDate -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $text] -base $actDate]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actDate -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image img$::colors($text)
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the interactive tablelist cell editing with the aid of some
# widgets from the Iwidgets package and of the Tk core checkbutton and
# menubutton widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16
package require Iwidgets

wm title . "Serial Line Configuration"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option_tile.tcl]
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.activeBackground	white
option add *Tablelist*textBackground			white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.disabledBackground		white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.disabledForeground		black
option add *Tablelist*Dateentry*Label.background	white
option add *Tablelist*Timeentry*Label.background	white

#
# Register some widgets from the Iwidgets package for interactive cell editing
#
tablelist::addIncrEntryfield
tablelist::addIncrSpinint
tablelist::addIncrCombobox
tablelist::addIncrDateTimeWidget dateentry -seconds
tablelist::addIncrDateTimeWidget timeentry -seconds

#
# Create the images "checkedImg" and "uncheckedImg", as well as 16 images of
# names like "img#FF0000", displaying colors identified by names like "red"
#
source [file join $dir images.tcl]

#
# Improve the window's appearance by using a tile
# frame as a container for the other widgets
#
set f [ttk::frame .f]

#
# Create a tablelist widget with editable columns (except the first one)
#
set tbl $f.tbl
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "No."		  right
	      0 "Available"	  center
	      0 "Name"		  left
	      0 "Baud Rate"	  right
	      0 "Data Bits"	  center
	      0 "Parity"	  left
	      0 "Stop Bits"	  center
	      0 "Handshake"	  left
	      0 "Activation Date" center
	      0 "Activation Time" center
	      0 "Cable Color"	  center} \
    -editstartcommand editStartCmd -editendcommand editEndCmd \
    -height 0 -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -name available -editable yes -editwindow checkbutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name lineName  -editable yes -editwindow entryfield \
    -sortmode dictionary
$tbl columnconfigure 3 -name baudRate  -editable yes -editwindow combobox \
    -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits  -editable yes -editwindow spinint
$tbl columnconfigure 5 -name parity    -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 6 -name stopBits  -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 7 -name handshake -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 8 -name actDate   -editable yes -editwindow dateentry \
    -formatcommand formatDate -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 9 -name actTime   -editable yes -editwindow timeentry \
    -formatcommand formatTime -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 10 -name color    -editable yes -editwindow menubutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr

proc emptyStr   val { return "" }
proc formatDate val { return [clock format $val -format "%Y-%m-%d"] }
proc formatTime val { return [clock format $val -format "%H:%M:%S"] }

#
# Populate the tablelist widget; set the activation
# date & time to 10 minutes past the current clock value
#
set clock [expr {[clock seconds] + 600}]
for {set i 0; set n 1} {$i < 16} {set i $n; incr n} {
    $tbl insert end [list $n [expr {$i < 8}] "Line $n" 9600 8 None 1 XON/XOFF \
	$clock $clock [lindex $colorNames $i]]

    set availImg [expr {($i < 8) ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
    $tbl cellconfigure end,available -image $availImg
    $tbl cellconfigure end,color -image img[lindex $colorValues $i]
}

set btn [ttk::button $f.btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tbl -side top -expand yes -fill both
pack $f -expand yes -fill both

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editStartCmd
#
# Applies some configuration options to the edit window; if the latter is a
# combobox, the procedure populates it.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editStartCmd {tbl row col text} {
    set w [$tbl editwinpath]

    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	lineName {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 20 for the number of characters
	    #
	    $w configure -pasting no -fixed 20
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and allow no more
	    # than 6 digits in its entry component
	    #
	    $w insert list end 50 75 110 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 \
			       57600 115200 230400 460800 921600
	    $w configure -pasting no -fixed 6 -validate numeric
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Configure the spinint widget
	    #
	    $w configure -range {5 8} -wrap no -pasting no -fixed 1 \
			 -validate {regexp {^[5-8]$} %c}
	}

	parity {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w insert list end None Even Odd Mark Space
	    $w configure -editable no -listheight 120
	}

	stopBits {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w insert list end 1 1.5 2
	    $w configure -editable no -listheight 90
	}

	handshake {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w insert list end XON/XOFF RTS/CTS None
	    $w configure -editable no -listheight 90
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Set the date format "%Y-%m-%d"
	    #
	    $w configure -int yes
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Set the time format "%H:%M:%S"
	    #
	    $w configure -format military
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Populate the menu and make sure the menubutton will display the
	    # color name rather than $text, which is "", due to -formatcommand
	    #
	    set menu [$w cget -menu]
	    foreach name $::colorNames {
		$menu add radiobutton -compound left \
		    -image img$::colors($name) -label $name
	    }
	    $menu entryconfigure 8 -columnbreak 1
	    return [$tbl cellcget $row,$col -text]
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editEndCmd
#
# Performs a final validation of the text contained in the edit window and gets
# the cell's internal contents.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editEndCmd {tbl row col text} {
    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	available {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    set img [expr {$text ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image $img
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the baud rate is an integer in the range 50..921600
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[0-9]+$} $text] || $text < 50 || $text > 921600} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The baud rate must be an integer in the range 50..921600"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Check whether the # of data bits is an integer in the range 5..8
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[5-8]$} $text]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The # of data bits must be an integer in the range 5..8"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actTime [$tbl cellcget $row,actTime -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $actTime] -base $text]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actTime -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actDate [$tbl cellcget $row,actDate -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $text] -base $actDate]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actDate -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image img$::colors($text)
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#define leaf_width 14
#define leaf_height 12
static unsigned char leaf_bits[] = {
   0xff, 0x3f, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x20,
   0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x20, 0xff, 0x3f};

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the interactive tablelist cell editing with the aid of Bryan
# Oakley's combobox, the mentry widgets of type "Date" and "Time", and of the
# Tk core entry, spinbox, checkbutton, and menubutton widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require Tk 8.4		;# because of "-compound" and the spinbox widget
package require tablelist 5.16
package require combobox
package require mentry

wm title . "Serial Line Configuration"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option.tcl]
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.activeBackground	white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.background			white
option add *Tablelist*Spinbox.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Spinbox.readonlyBackground	white
option add *Tablelist*Combobox.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Combobox.elementBorderWidth	2
option add *Tablelist*Mentry.background			white

#
# Register Bryan Oakley's combobox widget as well as the mentry
# widgets of type "Date" and "Time" for interactive cell editing
#
tablelist::addOakleyCombobox
tablelist::addDateMentry Ymd -
tablelist::addTimeMentry HMS :

#
# Create the images "checkedImg" and "uncheckedImg", as well as 16 images of
# names like "img#FF0000", displaying colors identified by names like "red"
#
source [file join $dir images.tcl]

#
# Create a tablelist widget with editable columns (except the first one)
#
set tbl .tbl
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "No."		  right
	      0 "Available"	  center
	      0 "Name"		  left
	      0 "Baud Rate"	  right
	      0 "Data Bits"	  center
	      0 "Parity"	  left
	      0 "Stop Bits"	  center
	      0 "Handshake"	  left
	      0 "Activation Date" center
	      0 "Activation Time" center
	      0 "Cable Color"	  center} \
    -editstartcommand editStartCmd -editendcommand editEndCmd \
    -height 0 -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -name available -editable yes -editwindow checkbutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name lineName  -editable yes -editwindow entry \
    -sortmode dictionary
$tbl columnconfigure 3 -name baudRate  -editable yes -editwindow combobox \
    -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits  -editable yes -editwindow spinbox
$tbl columnconfigure 5 -name parity    -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 6 -name stopBits  -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 7 -name handshake -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 8 -name actDate   -editable yes -editwindow dateMentry \
    -formatcommand formatDate -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 9 -name actTime   -editable yes -editwindow timeMentry \
    -formatcommand formatTime -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 10 -name color    -editable yes -editwindow menubutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr

proc emptyStr   val { return "" }
proc formatDate val { return [clock format $val -format "%Y-%m-%d"] }
proc formatTime val { return [clock format $val -format "%H:%M:%S"] }

#
# Populate the tablelist widget; set the activation
# date & time to 10 minutes past the current clock value
#
set clock [expr {[clock seconds] + 600}]
for {set i 0; set n 1} {$i < 16} {set i $n; incr n} {
    $tbl insert end [list $n [expr {$i < 8}] "Line $n" 9600 8 None 1 XON/XOFF \
	$clock $clock [lindex $colorNames $i]]

    set availImg [expr {($i < 8) ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
    $tbl cellconfigure end,available -image $availImg
    $tbl cellconfigure end,color -image img[lindex $colorValues $i]
}

set btn [button .btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tbl -side top -expand yes -fill both

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editStartCmd
#
# Applies some configuration options to the edit window; if the latter is a
# combobox, the procedure populates it.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editStartCmd {tbl row col text} {
    set w [$tbl editwinpath]

    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	lineName {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 20 for the number of characters
	    #
	    wcb::callback $w before insert {wcb::checkEntryLen 20}
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and allow no more
	    # than 6 digits in its entry component
	    #
	    $w list insert end 50 75 110 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 \
			       57600 115200 230400 460800 921600
	    wcb::callback [$tbl entrypath] before insert \
		{wcb::checkEntryLen 6} {wcb::checkStrForRegExp {^[0-9]*$}}
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Configure the spinbox
	    #
	    $w configure -from 5 -to 8 -state readonly
	}

	parity {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w list insert end None Even Odd Mark Space
	    $w configure -editable no
	}

	stopBits {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w list insert end 1 1.5 2
	    $w configure -editable no
	}

	handshake {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w list insert end XON/XOFF RTS/CTS None
	    $w configure -editable no
	}

	actDate -
	actTime {
	    #
	    # Configure the mentry widget
	    #
	    $w configure -justify center
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Populate the menu and make sure the menubutton will display the
	    # color name rather than $text, which is "", due to -formatcommand
	    #
	    set menu [$w cget -menu]
	    foreach name $::colorNames {
		$menu add radiobutton -compound left \
		    -image img$::colors($name) -label $name
	    }
	    $menu entryconfigure 8 -columnbreak 1
	    return [$tbl cellcget $row,$col -text]
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#
# Message strings corresponding to the values
# returned by mentry::getClockVal on failure
#
array set msgs {
    EMPTY	"Field value missing"
    BAD		"Invalid field value"
    BAD_DATE	"Invalid date"
    BAD_YEAR	"Unsupported year"
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editEndCmd
#
# Performs a final validation of the text contained in the edit window and gets
# the cell's internal contents.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editEndCmd {tbl row col text} {
    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	available {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    set img [expr {$text ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image $img
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the baud rate is an integer in the range 50..921600
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[0-9]+$} $text] || $text < 50 || $text > 921600} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The baud rate must be an integer in the range 50..921600"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the last argument is a clock value in seconds
	    #
	    if {![string is digit $text]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message $::msgs($text)
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actTime [$tbl cellcget $row,actTime -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $actTime] -base $text]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actTime -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Check whether the last argument is a clock value in seconds
	    #
	    if {![string is digit $text]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message $::msgs($text)
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actDate [$tbl cellcget $row,actDate -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $text] -base $actDate]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actDate -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image img$::colors($text)
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the interactive tablelist cell editing with the aid of Bryan
# Oakley's combobox, the mentry widgets of type "Date" and "Time", and of the
# Tk core entry, spinbox, checkbutton, and menubutton widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16
package require combobox
package require mentry

wm title . "Serial Line Configuration"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option_tile.tcl]
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.activeBackground	white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.background			white
option add *Tablelist*Spinbox.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Spinbox.readonlyBackground	white
option add *Tablelist*Combobox.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Combobox.elementBorderWidth	2
option add *Tablelist*Mentry.background			white

#
# Register Bryan Oakley's combobox widget as well as the mentry
# widgets of type "Date" and "Time" for interactive cell editing
#
tablelist::addOakleyCombobox
tablelist::addDateMentry Ymd -
tablelist::addTimeMentry HMS :

#
# Create the images "checkedImg" and "uncheckedImg", as well as 16 images of
# names like "img#FF0000", displaying colors identified by names like "red"
#
source [file join $dir images.tcl]

#
# Improve the window's appearance by using a tile
# frame as a container for the other widgets
#
set f [ttk::frame .f]

#
# Create a tablelist widget with editable columns (except the first one)
#
set tbl $f.tbl
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "No."		  right
	      0 "Available"	  center
	      0 "Name"		  left
	      0 "Baud Rate"	  right
	      0 "Data Bits"	  center
	      0 "Parity"	  left
	      0 "Stop Bits"	  center
	      0 "Handshake"	  left
	      0 "Activation Date" center
	      0 "Activation Time" center
	      0 "Cable Color"	  center} \
    -editstartcommand editStartCmd -editendcommand editEndCmd \
    -height 0 -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -name available -editable yes -editwindow checkbutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name lineName  -editable yes -editwindow entry \
    -sortmode dictionary
$tbl columnconfigure 3 -name baudRate  -editable yes -editwindow combobox \
    -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits  -editable yes -editwindow spinbox
$tbl columnconfigure 5 -name parity    -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 6 -name stopBits  -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 7 -name handshake -editable yes -editwindow combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 8 -name actDate   -editable yes -editwindow dateMentry \
    -formatcommand formatDate -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 9 -name actTime   -editable yes -editwindow timeMentry \
    -formatcommand formatTime -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 10 -name color    -editable yes -editwindow menubutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr

proc emptyStr   val { return "" }
proc formatDate val { return [clock format $val -format "%Y-%m-%d"] }
proc formatTime val { return [clock format $val -format "%H:%M:%S"] }

#
# Populate the tablelist widget; set the activation
# date & time to 10 minutes past the current clock value
#
set clock [expr {[clock seconds] + 600}]
for {set i 0; set n 1} {$i < 16} {set i $n; incr n} {
    $tbl insert end [list $n [expr {$i < 8}] "Line $n" 9600 8 None 1 XON/XOFF \
	$clock $clock [lindex $colorNames $i]]

    set availImg [expr {($i < 8) ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
    $tbl cellconfigure end,available -image $availImg
    $tbl cellconfigure end,color -image img[lindex $colorValues $i]
}

set btn [ttk::button $f.btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tbl -side top -expand yes -fill both
pack $f -expand yes -fill both

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editStartCmd
#
# Applies some configuration options to the edit window; if the latter is a
# combobox, the procedure populates it.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editStartCmd {tbl row col text} {
    set w [$tbl editwinpath]

    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	lineName {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 20 for the number of characters
	    #
	    wcb::callback $w before insert {wcb::checkEntryLen 20}
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and allow no more
	    # than 6 digits in its entry component
	    #
	    $w list insert end 50 75 110 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 \
			       57600 115200 230400 460800 921600
	    wcb::callback [$tbl entrypath] before insert \
		{wcb::checkEntryLen 6} {wcb::checkStrForRegExp {^[0-9]*$}}
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Configure the spinbox
	    #
	    $w configure -from 5 -to 8 -state readonly
	}

	parity {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w list insert end None Even Odd Mark Space
	    $w configure -editable no
	}

	stopBits {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w list insert end 1 1.5 2
	    $w configure -editable no
	}

	handshake {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w list insert end XON/XOFF RTS/CTS None
	    $w configure -editable no
	}

	actDate -
	actTime {
	    #
	    # Configure the mentry widget
	    #
	    $w configure -justify center
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Populate the menu and make sure the menubutton will display the
	    # color name rather than $text, which is "", due to -formatcommand
	    #
	    set menu [$w cget -menu]
	    foreach name $::colorNames {
		$menu add radiobutton -compound left \
		    -image img$::colors($name) -label $name
	    }
	    $menu entryconfigure 8 -columnbreak 1
	    return [$tbl cellcget $row,$col -text]
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#
# Message strings corresponding to the values
# returned by mentry::getClockVal on failure
#
array set msgs {
    EMPTY	"Field value missing"
    BAD		"Invalid field value"
    BAD_DATE	"Invalid date"
    BAD_YEAR	"Unsupported year"
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editEndCmd
#
# Performs a final validation of the text contained in the edit window and gets
# the cell's internal contents.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editEndCmd {tbl row col text} {
    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	available {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    set img [expr {$text ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image $img
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the baud rate is an integer in the range 50..921600
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[0-9]+$} $text] || $text < 50 || $text > 921600} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The baud rate must be an integer in the range 50..921600"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the last argument is a clock value in seconds
	    #
	    if {![string is digit $text]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message $::msgs($text)
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actTime [$tbl cellcget $row,actTime -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $actTime] -base $text]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actTime -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Check whether the last argument is a clock value in seconds
	    #
	    if {![string is digit $text]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message $::msgs($text)
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actDate [$tbl cellcget $row,actDate -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $text] -base $actDate]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actDate -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image img$::colors($text)
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#==============================================================================
# Contains some Tk option database settings.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

#
# Get the current windowing system ("x11", "win32", "classic", or "aqua")
#
if {[catch {tk windowingsystem} winSys] != 0} {
    switch $::tcl_platform(platform) {
	unix      { set winSys x11 }
	windows   { set winSys win32 }
	macintosh { set winSys classic }
    }
}

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
if {[string compare $winSys "x11"] == 0} {
    #
    # Create the font TkDefaultFont if not yet present
    #
    catch {font create TkDefaultFont -family Helvetica -size -12}

    option add *Font			TkDefaultFont
    option add *selectBackground	#678db2
    option add *selectForeground	white
} else {
    option add *ScrollArea.borderWidth			1
    option add *ScrollArea.relief			sunken
    option add *ScrollArea.Tablelist.borderWidth	0
    option add *ScrollArea.Tablelist.highlightThickness	0
    option add *ScrollArea.Text.borderWidth		0
    option add *ScrollArea.Text.highlightThickness	0
}
option add *Tablelist.background	white
option add *Tablelist.stripeBackground	#f0f0f0
option add *Tablelist.setGrid		yes
option add *Tablelist.movableColumns	yes
option add *Tablelist.labelCommand	tablelist::sortByColumn
option add *Tablelist.labelCommand2	tablelist::addToSortColumns

#==============================================================================
# Contains some Tk option database settings.
#
# Copyright (c) 2004-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

#
# Get the current windowing system ("x11", "win32", or
# "aqua") and add some entries to the Tk option database
#
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
    option add *Font			TkDefaultFont
} else {
    option add *ScrollArea.borderWidth			1
    option add *ScrollArea.relief			sunken
    option add *ScrollArea.Tablelist.borderWidth	0
    option add *ScrollArea.Text.borderWidth		0
    option add *ScrollArea.Text.highlightThickness	0
}
tablelist::setThemeDefaults
if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
    option add *Listbox.selectBackground \
	       $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectbackground)
    option add *Listbox.selectForeground \
	       $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectforeground)
} else {
    option add *selectBackground  $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectbackground)
    option add *selectForeground  $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectforeground)
}
option add *selectBorderWidth     $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectborderwidth)
option add *Tablelist.background	white
option add *Tablelist.stripeBackground	#f0f0f0
option add *Tablelist.setGrid		yes
option add *Tablelist.movableColumns	yes
option add *Tablelist.labelCommand	tablelist::sortByColumn
option add *Tablelist.labelCommand2	tablelist::addToSortColumns

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates some ways of improving the look & feel of a tablelist widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2002-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist 5.16

wm title . "Tablelist Styles"

#
# Get the current windowing system ("x11", "win32", "classic",
# or "aqua") and add some entries to the Tk option database
#
if {[catch {tk windowingsystem} winSys] != 0} {
    switch $::tcl_platform(platform) {
	unix      { set winSys x11 }
	windows   { set winSys win32 }
	macintosh { set winSys classic }
    }
}
if {[string compare $winSys "x11"] == 0} {
    #
    # Create the font TkDefaultFont if not yet present
    #
    catch {font create TkDefaultFont -family Helvetica -size -12}

    option add *Font			TkDefaultFont
    option add *selectBackground	#678db2
    option add *selectForeground	white
}

#
# Create, configure, and populate 8 tablelist widgets
#
frame .f
for {set n 0} { $n < 8} {incr n} {
    set tbl .f.tbl$n
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columntitles {"Label 0" "Label 1" "Label 2" "Label 3"} \
	-background white -height 4 -width 40 -stretch all
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }

    switch $n {
	1 {
	    $tbl configure -showseparators yes
	}
	2 {
	    $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0
	}
	3 {
	    $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0 -showseparators yes
	}
	4 {
	    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow
	    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan
	}
	5 {
	    $tbl configure -showseparators yes
	    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow
	    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan
	}
	6 {
	    $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0
	    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow \
		-stripebackground #f0f0d2
	    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan \
		-stripebackground #d2f0f0
	}
	7 {
	    $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0 -showseparators yes
	    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow \
		-stripebackground #f0f0d2
	    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan \
		-stripebackground #d2f0f0
	}
    }

    foreach row {0 1 2 3} {
	$tbl insert end \
	     [list "Cell $row,0" "Cell $row,1" "Cell $row,2" "Cell $row,3"]
    }
}

button .close -text "Close" -command exit
frame .bottom -height 10

#
# Manage the widgets
#
grid .f.tbl0 .f.tbl1 -sticky news -padx 5 -pady 5
grid .f.tbl2 .f.tbl3 -sticky news -padx 5 -pady 5
grid .f.tbl4 .f.tbl5 -sticky news -padx 5 -pady 5
grid .f.tbl6 .f.tbl7 -sticky news -padx 5 -pady 5
grid rowconfigure    .f {0 1 2 3} -weight 1
grid columnconfigure .f {0 1}     -weight 1
pack .bottom .close -side bottom
pack .f -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates some ways of improving the look & feel of a tablelist widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2002-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16

wm title . "Tablelist Styles"

#
# Improve the window's appearance by using a tile
# frame as a container for the other widgets
#
set f [ttk::frame .f]

#
# Create, configure, and populate 8 tablelist widgets
#
ttk::frame $f.f
for {set n 0} { $n < 8} {incr n} {
    set tbl $f.f.tbl$n
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
	-columntitles {"Label 0" "Label 1" "Label 2" "Label 3"} \
	-background white -stripebackground "" -height 4 -width 40 -stretch all
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
	$tbl configure -spacing 1
    }

    switch $n {
	1 {
	    $tbl configure -showseparators yes
	}
	2 {
	    $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0
	}
	3 {
	    $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0 -showseparators yes
	}
	4 {
	    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow
	    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan
	}
	5 {
	    $tbl configure -showseparators yes
	    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow
	    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan
	}
	6 {
	    $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0
	    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow \
		-stripebackground #f0f0d2
	    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan \
		-stripebackground #d2f0f0
	}
	7 {
	    $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0 -showseparators yes
	    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow \
		-stripebackground #f0f0d2
	    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan \
		-stripebackground #d2f0f0
	}
    }

    foreach row {0 1 2 3} {
	$tbl insert end \
	     [list "Cell $row,0" "Cell $row,1" "Cell $row,2" "Cell $row,3"]
    }
}

ttk::button $f.close -text "Close" -command exit
ttk::frame $f.bottom -height 10

#
# Manage the widgets
#
grid $f.f.tbl0 $f.f.tbl1 -sticky news -padx 5 -pady 5
grid $f.f.tbl2 $f.f.tbl3 -sticky news -padx 5 -pady 5
grid $f.f.tbl4 $f.f.tbl5 -sticky news -padx 5 -pady 5
grid $f.f.tbl6 $f.f.tbl7 -sticky news -padx 5 -pady 5
grid rowconfigure    $f.f {0 1 2 3} -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $f.f {0 1}     -weight 1
pack $f.bottom $f.close -side bottom
pack $f.f -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5
pack $f -expand yes -fill both

#!/usr/bin/env wish

#==============================================================================
# Demonstrates the interactive tablelist cell editing with the aid of some
# widgets from the tile package and of the Tk core spinbox widget.
#
# Copyright (c) 2005-2016  Csaba Nemethi (E-mail: csaba.nemethi@t-online.de)
#==============================================================================

package require tablelist_tile 5.16

wm title . "Serial Line Configuration"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option_tile.tcl]
option add *Tablelist*Spinbox.background		white
option add *Tablelist*Spinbox.readonlyBackground	white

#
# Create the images "checkedImg" and "uncheckedImg", as well as 16 images of
# names like "img#FF0000", displaying colors identified by names like "red"
#
source [file join $dir images.tcl]

#
# Improve the window's appearance by using a tile
# frame as a container for the other widgets
#
set f [ttk::frame .f]

#
# Work around the improper appearance of the tile scrollbars in the aqua theme
#
if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
    interp alias {} ttk::scrollbar {} ::scrollbar
}

#
# Create a tablelist widget with editable columns (except the first one)
#
set tbl $f.tbl
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "No."		  right
	      0 "Available"	  center
	      0 "Name"		  left
	      0 "Baud Rate"	  right
	      0 "Data Bits"	  center
	      0 "Parity"	  left
	      0 "Stop Bits"	  center
	      0 "Handshake"	  left
	      0 "Activation Date" center
	      0 "Activation Time" center
	      0 "Cable Color"	  center} \
    -editstartcommand editStartCmd -editendcommand editEndCmd \
    -height 0 -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -name available -editable yes \
    -editwindow ttk::checkbutton -formatcommand emptyStr
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name lineName  -editable yes -editwindow ttk::entry \
    -sortmode dictionary
$tbl columnconfigure 3 -name baudRate  -editable yes -editwindow ttk::combobox \
    -sortmode integer
if {[info commands ttk::spinbox] eq ""} {
    $tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits -editable yes -editwindow spinbox
} else {
    $tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits -editable yes -editwindow ttk::spinbox
}
$tbl columnconfigure 5 -name parity    -editable yes -editwindow ttk::combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 6 -name stopBits  -editable yes -editwindow ttk::combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 7 -name handshake -editable yes -editwindow ttk::combobox
$tbl columnconfigure 8 -name actDate   -editable yes -editwindow ttk::entry \
    -formatcommand formatDate -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 9 -name actTime   -editable yes -editwindow ttk::entry \
    -formatcommand formatTime -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 10 -name color    -editable yes \
    -editwindow ttk::menubutton -formatcommand emptyStr

proc emptyStr   val { return "" }
proc formatDate val { return [clock format $val -format "%Y-%m-%d"] }
proc formatTime val { return [clock format $val -format "%H:%M:%S"] }

#
# Populate the tablelist widget; set the activation
# date & time to 10 minutes past the current clock value
#
set clock [expr {[clock seconds] + 600}]
for {set i 0; set n 1} {$i < 16} {set i $n; incr n} {
    $tbl insert end [list $n [expr {$i < 8}] "Line $n" 9600 8 None 1 XON/XOFF \
	$clock $clock [lindex $colorNames $i]]

    set availImg [expr {($i < 8) ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
    $tbl cellconfigure end,available -image $availImg
    $tbl cellconfigure end,color -image img[lindex $colorValues $i]
}

set btn [ttk::button $f.btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tbl -side top -expand yes -fill both
pack $f -expand yes -fill both

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editStartCmd
#
# Applies some configuration options to the edit window; if the latter is a
# combobox, the procedure populates it.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editStartCmd {tbl row col text} {
    set w [$tbl editwinpath]

    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	lineName {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 20 for the number of characters
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key \
			 -validatecommand {expr {[string length %P] <= 20}}
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and allow no more
	    # than 6 digits in its entry component
	    #
	    $w configure -values {50 75 110 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400
				  57600 115200 230400 460800 921600}
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 6 && [regexp {^[0-9]*$} %S]}}
	}

	dataBits {
	    #
	    # Configure the spinbox
	    #
	    $w configure -from 5 -to 8 -state readonly
	}

	parity {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {None Even Odd Mark Space} -state readonly
	}

	stopBits {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {1 1.5 2} -state readonly
	}

	handshake {
	    #
	    # Populate the combobox and make it non-editable
	    #
	    $w configure -values {XON/XOFF RTS/CTS None} -state readonly
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 10 for the number of characters
	    # and allow only digits and the "-" character in it
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 10 && [regexp {^[0-9-]*$} %S]}}
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Set an upper limit of 8 for the number of characters
	    # and allow only digits and the ":" character in it
	    #
	    $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
		{expr {[string length %P] <= 8 && [regexp {^[0-9:]*$} %S]}}
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Populate the menu and make sure the menubutton will display the
	    # color name rather than $text, which is "", due to -formatcommand
	    #
	    set menu [$w cget -menu]
	    foreach name $::colorNames {
		$menu add radiobutton -compound left \
		    -image img$::colors($name) -label $name
	    }
	    $menu entryconfigure 8 -columnbreak 1
	    return [$tbl cellcget $row,$col -text]
	}
    }

    return $text
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editEndCmd
#
# Performs a final validation of the text contained in the edit window and gets
# the cell's internal contents.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editEndCmd {tbl row col text} {
    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
	available {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    set img [expr {$text ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image $img
	}

	baudRate {
	    #
	    # Check whether the baud rate is an integer in the range 50..921600
	    #
	    if {![regexp {^[0-9]+$} $text] || $text < 50 || $text > 921600} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The baud rate must be an integer in the range 50..921600"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    }
	}

	actDate {
	    #
	    # Get the activation date in seconds from the last argument 
	    #
	    if {[catch {clock scan $text} actDate] != 0} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message "Invalid date"
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    set actTime [$tbl cellcget $row,actTime -text]
	    set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $actTime] -base $actDate]
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actTime -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	actTime {
	    #
	    # Get the activation clock value in seconds from the last argument 
	    #
	    set actDate [$tbl cellcget $row,actDate -text]
	    if {[catch {clock scan $text -base $actDate} actClock] != 0} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message "Invalid time"
		$tbl rejectinput
		return ""
	    }

	    #
	    # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
	    # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
	    # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
	    #
	    if {$actClock <= [clock seconds]} {
		bell
		tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
		    "The activation date & time must be in the future"
		$tbl rejectinput
	    } else {
		$tbl cellconfigure $row,actDate -text $actClock
		return $actClock
	    }
	}

	color {
	    #
	    # Update the image contained in the cell
	    #
	    $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image img$::colors($text)
	}
    }

    return $text
}

<html>
<head>
  <title>The Multi-Column Listbox and Tree Widget Package Tablelist
  5.16</title>

  <meta name="Author" content="Csaba Nemethi">
  <meta name="Keywords" content=
  "tablelist, multi-column, listbox, tree, widget, tile">
</head>

<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
  <div align="center">
    <h1>The Multi-Column Listbox and Tree Widget Package Tablelist 5.16</h1>

    <h3>by</h3>

    <h2>Csaba Nemethi</h2>

    <address>
      <a href="mailto:csaba.nemethi@t-online.de">csaba.nemethi@t-online.de</a>
    </address>
  </div>

  <hr>

  <h2>Contents</h2>

  <p><a href="tablelist.html">Tablelist Programmer's Guide</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistWidget.html">The <code>tablelist::tablelist</code>
  Command</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistColSort.html">Commands for Interactive Sorting by One or
  More Columns</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistBinding.html">Helper Commands Used in Tablelist Binding
  Scripts</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistTkCore.html">Interactive Tablelist Cell Editing Using Tk
  Core Widgets</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistTile.html">Interactive Tablelist Cell Editing Using Tile
  Widgets</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistBWidget.html">Interactive Tablelist Cell Editing Using
  the BWidget Package</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistIwidgets.html">Interactive Tablelist Cell Editing Using
  the Iwidgets Package</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistCombobox.html">Interactive Tablelist Cell Editing Using
  the combobox Package</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistCtext.html">Interactive Tablelist Cell Editing Using
  the ctext Package</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistMentry.html">Interactive Tablelist Cell Editing Using
  the Mentry Package</a></p>

  <p><a href="tablelistThemes.html">Commands Related to Tile Themes</a></p>
</body>
</html>

/* generic class defining a top margin whose height equals the font size */
.tm {margin-top: 1em}

/* background and border for the <pre> tag */
pre {background: #F7F7F7; border: silver solid 1px}

/* color for the <span> tag */
span {color: #E00000}

<html>
<head>
  <title>Tablelist Programmer's Guide</title>

  <meta name="Author" content="Csaba Nemethi">
  <meta name="Keywords" content=
  "tablelist, multi-column, listbox, tree, widget, tile">

  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheet.css">
</head>

<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
  <div align="center">
    <h1>Tablelist Programmer's Guide</h1>

    <h2>For Tablelist Version 5.16</h2>

    <h3>by</h3>

    <h2>Csaba Nemethi</h2>

    <address>
      <a href="mailto:csaba.nemethi@t-online.de">csaba.nemethi@t-online.de</a>
    </address>
  </div>
  <hr>

  <h2 id="contents">Contents</h2>

  <h4><a href="#overview">Overview</a></h4>

  <ul>
    <li><a href="#ov_what">What is Tablelist?</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ov_get">How to Get It?</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ov_install">How to Install It?</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ov_use">How to Use It?</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ov_tile">More on Tablelist_tile</a></li>
  </ul>

  <h4><a href="#examples">Examples</a></h4>

  <ul>
    <li><a href="#ex_config">A tablelist Widget for Displaying and Editing
    Configuration Options</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ex_browse">Two Widget Browsers Based on a tablelist</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ex_dirViewer">A Directory Viewer Based on a
    tablelist</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ex_styles">Improving the Look &amp; Feel of a tablelist
    Widget</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ex_editing">Advanced Interactive tablelist Cell
    Editing</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ex_windows">A tablelist Widget Containing Embedded
    Windows</a></li>

    <li><a href="#ex_tile">Tile-Based Demo Scripts</a></li>
  </ul>

  <div align="center">
    <p><a href="index.html">Start page</a></p>
  </div>
  <hr>

  <h2 id="overview">Overview</h2>

  <h3 id="ov_what">What is Tablelist?</h3>

  <p>Tablelist is a library package for Tcl/Tk versions 8.0 or higher, written
  in pure Tcl/Tk code.&nbsp; It contains:</p>

  <ul>
    <li>the implementation of the <a href=
    "tablelistWidget.html"><b>tablelist</b> mega-widget</a>, including a
    general utility module for mega-widgets;</li>

    <li>a demo script containing a useful procedure that displays the
    configuration options of an arbitrary widget in a tablelist and enables you
    to edit their values interactively;</li>

    <li>a demo script implementing a widget browser based on a tablelist used
    as multi-column listbox;</li>

    <li>a demo script implementing a widget browser based on a tablelist used
    as multi-column tree widget;</li>

    <li>a demo script implementing a directory viewer based on a tablelist used
    as multi-column tree widget;</li>

    <li>a demo script showing several ways to improve the appearance of a
    tablelist widget;</li>

    <li>four further demo scripts, illustrating the interactive cell editing
    with the aid of various widgets from the Tk core and from the packages
    tile, BWidget, Iwidgets, combobox (by Bryan Oakley), and Mentry;</li>

    <li>one further demo script, with a tablelist widget containing embedded
    windows;</li>

    <li>tile-based counterparts of the above-mentioned demo scripts;</li>

    <li>this tutorial;</li>

    <li>reference pages in HTML format.</li>
  </ul>

  <p>A tablelist is a multi-column listbox and tree widget.&nbsp; The width of
  each column can be dynamic (i.e., just large enough to hold all its elements,
  including the header) or static (specified in characters or pixels).&nbsp;
  The columns are, per default, resizable.&nbsp; The alignment of each column
  can be specified as <code>left</code>, <code>right</code>, or
  <code>center</code>.</p>

  <p>The columns, rows, and cells can be configured individually.&nbsp; Several
  of the global and column-specific options refer to the headers, implemented
  as label widgets.&nbsp; For instance, the <code>-labelcommand</code> option
  specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when mouse button 1 is released over a
  label.&nbsp; The most common value of this option sorts the items based on
  the respective column.</p>

  <p>The Tablelist package provides a great variety of tree styles controlling
  the look &amp; feel of the column that displays the tree hierarchy with the
  aid of indentations and expand/collapse controls.</p>

  <p>Interactive editing of the elements of a tablelist widget can be enabled
  for individual cells and for entire columns.&nbsp; A great variety of widgets
  from the Tk core and from the packages tile, BWidget, Iwidgets, combobox,
  ctext, and Mentry (or Mentry_tile) is supported for being used as embedded
  edit window.&nbsp; In addition, a rich set of keyboard bindings is provided
  for a comfortable navigation between the editable cells.</p>

  <p>The Tcl command corresponding to a tablelist widget is very similar to the
  one associated with a normal listbox.&nbsp; There are column-, row-, and
  cell-specific counterparts of the <code>configure</code> and
  <code>cget</code> subcommands (<code>columnconfigure</code>,
  <code>rowconfigure</code>, <code>cellconfigure</code>, ...).&nbsp; They can
  be used, among others, to insert images into the cells and the header labels,
  or to insert embedded windows into the cells.&nbsp; The <code>index</code>,
  <code>nearest</code>, and <code>see</code> command options refer to the rows,
  but similar subcommands are provided for the columns and cells
  (<code>columnindex</code>, <code>cellindex</code>, ...).&nbsp; The items can
  be sorted with the <code>sort</code>, <code>sortbycolumn</code>, and
  <code>sortbycolumnlist</code> command options.</p>

  <p>The bindings defined for the body of a tablelist widget make it behave
  just like a normal listbox.&nbsp; This includes the support for the virtual
  event <code>&lt;&lt;ListboxSelect&gt;&gt;</code> (which is equivalent to
  <code>&lt;&lt;TablelistSelect&gt;&gt;</code>).&nbsp; In addition, versions
  2.3 or higher of the widget callback package Wcb (written in pure Tcl/Tk code
  as well) can be used to define callbacks for the <code>activate</code>,&nbsp;
  <code>selection set</code>,&nbsp; and&nbsp; <code>selection
  clear</code>&nbsp; commands, and Wcb versions 3.0 or higher also support
  callbacks for the <code>activatecell</code>,&nbsp; <code>cellselection
  set</code>,&nbsp; and&nbsp; <code>cellselection clear</code>&nbsp;
  commands.&nbsp; The download location of Wcb is</p>

  <blockquote>
    <address>
      <a href="http://www.nemethi.de">http://www.nemethi.de</a>
    </address>
  </blockquote>

  <h3 id="ov_get">How to Get It?</h3>

  <p>Tablelist is available for free download from the same URL as Wcb.&nbsp;
  The distribution file is <code>tablelist5.16.tar.gz</code> for UNIX and
  <code>tablelist5_16.zip</code> for Windows.&nbsp; These files contain the
  same information, except for the additional carriage return character
  preceding the linefeed at the end of each line in the text files for
  Windows.</p>

  <p>Tablelist is also included in tklib, which has the address</p>

  <blockquote>
    <address>
      <a href="http://core.tcl.tk/tklib">http://core.tcl.tk/tklib</a>
    </address>
  </blockquote>

  <h3 id="ov_install">How to Install It?</h3>

  <p>Install the package as a subdirectory of one of the directories given by
  the <code>auto_path</code> variable.&nbsp; For example, you can install it as
  a directory at the same level as the Tcl and Tk script libraries.&nbsp; The
  locations of these library directories are given by the
  <code>tcl_library</code> and <code>tk_library</code> variables,
  respectively.</p>

  <p>To install Tablelist <i>on UNIX</i>, <code>cd</code> to the desired
  directory and unpack the distribution file
  <code>tablelist5.16.tar.gz</code>:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
gunzip -c tablelist5.16.tar.gz | tar -xf -
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>This command will create a directory named <code>tablelist5.16</code>,
  with the subdirectories <code>demos</code>, <code>doc</code>, and
  <code>scripts</code>.</p>

  <p><i>On Windows</i>, use WinZip or some other program capable of unpacking
  the distribution file <code>tablelist5_16.zip</code> into the directory
  <code>tablelist5.16</code>, with the subdirectories <code>demos</code>,
  <code>doc</code>, and <code>scripts</code>.</p>

  <p>The file <code>tablelistEdit.tcl</code> in the <code>scripts</code>
  directory is only needed for applications making use of interactive cell
  editing.&nbsp; Similarly, the file <code>tablelistMove.tcl</code> in the same
  directory is only required for scripts invoking the <code>move</code> or
  <code>movecolumn</code> command.&nbsp; Finally, the file
  <code>tablelistThemes.tcl</code> is only needed for applications using the
  package Tablelist_tile (see next section).</p>

  <p>Next, you should check the exact version number of your Tcl/Tk
  distribution, given by the <code>tcl_patchLevel</code> and
  <code>tk_patchLevel</code> variables.&nbsp; If you are using Tcl/Tk version
  8.2.X, 8.3.0 - 8.3.2, or 8.4a1, then you should upgrade your Tcl/Tk
  distribution to a higher release.&nbsp; This is because a bug in these Tcl
  versions (fixed in Tcl 8.3.3 and 8.4a2) causes excessive memory use when
  calling&nbsp; <code>info exists</code>&nbsp; on non-existent array elements,
  and Tablelist makes a lot of invocations of this command.</p>

  <p>If for some reason you cannot upgrade your Tcl/Tk version, then you should
  execute the Tcl script <code>repair.tcl</code> in the directory
  <code>scripts</code>.&nbsp; This script makes backup copies of several files
  contained in this directory, and then creates new versions of them by
  replacing all invocations of&nbsp; <code>info exists</code>&nbsp; for array
  elements with a call to the helper procedure
  <code>arrElemExists</code>.&nbsp; The patched files work with all Tcl/Tk
  releases starting with 8.0, but the original ones have a much better
  performance.</p>

  <p>Notice that in tklib the Tablelist <code>demos</code> directory is
  replaced with the subdirectory <code>tablelist</code> of the
  <code>examples</code> directory.&nbsp; Please take this into account when
  reading the <a href="#examples">examples</a> below.</p>

  <h3 id="ov_use">How to Use It?</h3>

  <p>The Tablelist distribution provides two packages, called <b>Tablelist</b>
  and <b>Tablelist_tile</b>.&nbsp; The main difference between the two is that
  Tablelist_tile enables the tile-based, theme-specific appearance of tablelist
  widgets; this package requires Tcl/Tk 8.4 or higher and tile 0.6 or
  higher.&nbsp; It is not possible to use both packages in one and the same
  application, because both are implemented in the same <code>tablelist</code>
  namespace and provide identical commands.</p>

  <p>To be able to access the commands and variables defined in the package
  Tablelist, your scripts must contain one of the lines</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require tablelist ?<i>version</i>?
package require Tablelist ?<i>version</i>?
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>You can use either one of the two statements above because the file
  <code>tablelist.tcl</code> contains both lines</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package provide tablelist ...
package provide Tablelist ...
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>Likewise, to be able to access the commands and variables defined in the
  package Tablelist_tile, your scripts must contain one of the lines</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require tablelist_tile ?<i>version</i>?
package require Tablelist_tile ?<i>version</i>?
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>Again, you can use either one of the two statements above because the file
  <code>tablelist_tile.tcl</code> contains both lines</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package provide tablelist_tile ...
package provide Tablelist_tile ...
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>You are free to remove one of the above lines from
  <code>tablelist.tcl</code> and <code>tablelist_tile.tcl</code>, respectively,
  if you want to prevent the corresponding packages from making themselves
  known under two different names each.&nbsp; Of course, by doing so you
  restrict the argument of&nbsp; <code>package require</code>&nbsp; to a single
  name per package.</p>

  <p>Please note that <b>ActiveTcl versions 8.5 and later use a modified
  package mechanism, which only exports the all-lowercase names
  <code>tablelist</code> and <code>tablelist_tile</code></b>.</p>

  <p><b>REMARK:</b>&nbsp; If you have an earlier Tablelist version as part of
  ActiveTcl 8.5 or above and the new Tablelist release 5.16, then it is highly
  recommended to specify the version number <code>5.16</code> in the&nbsp;
  <code>package require</code>&nbsp; command, because otherwise the interpreter
  will load the old Tablelist version included in ActiveTcl as Tcl
  Module.&nbsp; The <a href="#examples">examples</a> below use the
  statement&nbsp; <code>package require tablelist 5.16</code>,&nbsp; and their
  tile-based counterparts invoke the command&nbsp; <code>package require
  tablelist_tile 5.16</code>.</p>

  <p>Since the packages Tablelist and Tablelist_tile are implemented in the
  <code>tablelist</code> namespace, you must either invoke the</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
namespace import tablelist::<i>pattern</i> ?tablelist::<i>pattern ...</i>?
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>command to import the <i>procedures</i> you need, or use qualified names
  like <code>tablelist::tablelist</code>.&nbsp; In the examples below we have
  chosen the latter approach.</p>

  <p>To access Tablelist <i>variables</i>, you <i>must</i> use qualified
  names.&nbsp; There are only 4 Tablelist variables (and one more when using
  Tablelist_tile) that are designed to be accessed outside the namespace
  <code>tablelist</code>:</p>

  <ul>
    <li>The variable <code>tablelist::version</code> holds the current version
    number of the Tablelist and Tablelist_tile packages.</li>

    <li>The variable <code>tablelist::library</code> holds the location of the
    Tablelist installation directory.</li>

    <li>The variable <code>tablelist::scalingpct</code> holds the scaling
    percentage used by Tablelist when adapting the sizes of the tree styles
    <code>vistaAero</code>, <code> vistaClassic</code>, <code>win7Aero</code>,
    <code>win7Classic</code>, and <code>win10</code> to the display's DPI
    scaling level.&nbsp; The currently supported values are <code>100</code>,
    <code>125</code>, <code>150</code>, and <code>200</code>.&nbsp; You can use
    the value of this variable, e.g., if you want to create images of different
    sizes, depending on the DPI scaling factor.&nbsp; For example, if your
    application uses images of size 16 x 16 on an unscaled display and
    <code>tablelist::scalingpct</code> has the value <code>150</code>, then the
    image size for this display should be 24 x 24.</li>

    <li>The read-only variable <code>tablelist::usingTile</code> has the value
    <code>0</code> in the package Tablelist and the value <code>1</code> in
    Tablelist_tile.</li>

    <li>In Tablelist_tile the array <code>tablelist::themeDefaults</code> holds
    the theme-specific default values of a series of Tablelist configuration
    options.</li>
  </ul>

  <h3 id="ov_tile">More on Tablelist_tile</h3>

  <p>A tablelist widget consists of a body (containing the items) and a header
  (displaying the column titles).&nbsp; Both components are contained in a
  hull, implemented as a frame.&nbsp; The header has a rather complex
  structure, consisting mainly of frame and label widgets.&nbsp; While in the
  Tablelist package all of these components are Tk widgets, the Tablelist_tile
  package uses both Tk and tile frame and label widgets.&nbsp; Due to several
  incompatibilities between Tk and tile, it is currently not possible to
  replace all Tk widgets making up a tablelist with their tile
  counterparts.</p>

  <p>From the above it follows that <b>the package Tablelist_tile will only
  work as expected if the Tk <code>frame</code> and <code>label</code> commands
  haven't been overridden by using&nbsp; <code>namespace import -force
  ttk::*</code>&nbsp; at global scope</b>.&nbsp; While earlier tile releases
  suggested using this command at global scope for the really adventurous, in
  newer tile versions this is considered a Really Bad Idea, causing many things
  to break.&nbsp; Instead, <b>you should explicitly invoke
  <code>ttk::frame</code>, <code>ttk::label</code>, etc. whenever you want to
  use a tile widget</b>.</p>

  <p><b>Overriding some other Tk widgets at global scope may be equally
  dangerous when using various widgets from the Tk core and from the packages
  BWidget, Iwidgets, combobox (by Bryan Oakley), ctext, and Mentry for
  interactive cell editing</b>, because these packages expect Tk widgets, which
  may not always be replaced by their tile counterparts.</p>

  <p>Another restriction to be taken into account is due to the fact that in
  earlier tile versions the&nbsp; <code>(ttk::)style theme use</code>&nbsp;
  command could only be used to set the current theme, but not to retrieve
  it.&nbsp; For this reason, the package Tablelist_tile makes use of the
  variable <code>ttk::currentTheme</code> or <code>tile::currentTheme</code>
  (depending on the tile version), which is set by the
  <code>ttk::setTheme</code> or <code>tile::setTheme</code> procedure.&nbsp;
  From this it follows that <b>the tile-based tablelist widgets will only have
  the expected appearance if the platform-specific default theme is either left
  unchanged or replaced with another theme by invoking the procedure
  <code>ttk::setTheme</code> or <code>tile::setTheme</code>, depending on the
  current tile version</b>.&nbsp; (See also the <code><a href=
  "tablelistThemes.html#setTheme">tablelist::setTheme</a></code> command.)</p>

  <p>After these cautions concerning the use of tile, the rest of this section
  describes the differences between the packages Tablelist and
  Tablelist_tile.</p>

  <p>The Tablelist_tile package checks whether the required Tcl, Tk, and tile
  versions are present, by executing the commands</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require Tcl 8.4
package require Tk  8.4
if {$::tk_version &lt; 8.5 || [regexp {^8\.5a[1-5]$} $::tk_patchLevel]} {
    package require tile 0.6
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The last command above reflects the fact that, beginning with Tk 8.5a6,
  tile is integrated into the Tk core and therefore it should only be loaded
  explicitly when using an earlier Tk version.</p>

  <p>Apart from this and the <code>_tile</code> suffix in the&nbsp;
  <code>package require</code>&nbsp; command, the only difference (from the
  programmer's point of view) between the packages Tablelist and Tablelist_tile
  is related to the supported configuration options:&nbsp; The
  <code>-highlightbackground</code>, <code>-highlightcolor</code>,
  <code>-highlightthickness</code>, <code>-labelbackground</code>,
  <code>-labelactivebackground</code>, <code>-labelactiveforeground</code>,
  <code>-labeldisabledforeground</code>, and <code>-labelheight</code> options
  (the latter at both widget and column levels), present in the Tablelist
  package, are not supported by Tablelist_tile.&nbsp; The first three are
  standard Tk widget options that are not available for tile widgets.&nbsp; The
  <code>-labelbackground</code> option stands for the <code>-background</code>
  option of the column labels, and current versions of the tile engine don't
  support setting the background color for these widgets with a special header
  layout.&nbsp; The remaining options stand for the
  <code>-activebackground</code>, <code>-activeforeground</code>,
  <code>-disabledforeground</code>, and <code>-height</code> options of the
  column labels, and these configuration options are not supported for tile
  label widgets.</p>

  <p>Also, take into account that in some themes, setting the
  <code>-labelborderwidth</code> option (at widget or column level) to a value
  other than the default might be ignored by tile and thus could cause
  alignment problems.&nbsp; This is because the border of tile widgets is drawn
  with theme-specific methods, which will not always produce the results known
  from Tk widgets.</p>

  <p>Finally, notice that, when using the <code>tileqt</code> theme, the
  version number of the <code>tile::theme::tileqt</code> package must be 0.4 or
  higher, and <code>tileqt</code> itself won't work with tile versions earlier
  than 0.7.</p>

  <div align="center">
    <p><a href="#contents">Contents</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <a href=
    "index.html">Start page</a></p>
  </div>
  <hr>

  <h2 id="examples">Examples</h2>

  <h3 id="ex_config">A tablelist Widget for Displaying and Editing
  Configuration Options</h3>

  <p>The file <code>config.tcl</code> in the <code>demos</code> directory
  contains a procedure <code>demo::displayConfig</code> that displays the
  configuration options of an arbitrary widget in a tablelist contained in a
  newly created top-level widget and allows you to edit these options.&nbsp;
  This procedure can prove to be quite useful during interactive GUI
  development.&nbsp; To test it, start <code>wish</code> and evaluate the file
  by using the <code>source</code> command as follows:</p>

  <ul>
    <li>If <code>wish</code> was started in the <code>demos</code> directory
    then it is sufficient to enter

      <blockquote>
        <pre>
source config.tcl
</pre>
      </blockquote>
    </li>

    <li>If <code>wish</code> was started in some other directory then you can
    use the <code>tablelist::library</code> variable to find the location of
    the file.&nbsp; For example, assuming that your Tablelist installation has
    the directory structure described in the <a href="#ov_install">How to
    install it?</a> section, the required commands are:

      <blockquote>
        <pre>
package require tablelist 5.16
source [file join $tablelist::library demos config.tcl]
</pre>
      </blockquote>
    </li>
  </ul>

  <p>In both cases, the script will print the following message to
  <code>stdout</code>:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
To display the configuration options of an arbitrary widget, enter

        demo::displayConfig &lt;widgetName&gt;
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The result looks like in the following figure:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="config.png" alt="Configuration Options" width="839" height=
    "387">
  </blockquote>

  <p>It is assumed that the Tcl command associated with the widget specified by
  <code>&lt;widgetName&gt;</code> has a <code>configure</code> subcommand
  which, when invoked without any argument, returns a list describing all of
  the available configuration options for the widget, in the common format
  known from the standard Tk widgets.&nbsp; The
  <code>demo::displayConfig</code> procedure inserts the items of this list
  into a scrolled tablelist with 5 dynamic-width columns and interactive sort
  capability, and returns the name of the newly created tablelist widget:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require tablelist 5.16

namespace eval demo {
    #
    # Get the current windowing system ("x11", "win32", "classic", or "aqua")
    # and add some entries to the Tk option database for the following
    # widget hierarchy within a top-level widget of the class DemoTop:
    #
    # Name              Class
    # -----------------------------
    # tf                Frame
    #   tbl               Tabellist
    #   vsb, hsb          Scrollbar
    # bf                Frame
    #   b1, b2, b3        Button
    #
    variable winSys
    if {[catch {tk windowingsystem} winSys] != 0} {
        switch $::tcl_platform(platform) {
            unix        { set winSys x11 }
            windows     { set winSys win32 }
            macintosh   { set winSys classic }
        }
    }
    if {[string compare $winSys "x11"] == 0} {
        #
        # Create the font TkDefaultFont if not yet present
        #
        catch {font create TkDefaultFont -family Helvetica -size -12}

        option add *DemoTop*Font                        TkDefaultFont
        option add *DemoTop*selectBackground            #678db2
        option add *DemoTop*selectForeground            white
    } else {
        option add *DemoTop.tf.borderWidth              1
        option add *DemoTop.tf.relief                   sunken
        option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.borderWidth          0
        option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.highlightThickness   0
    }
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.background               white
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.stripeBackground         #f0f0f0
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl.setGrid                  yes
    option add *DemoTop.tf.tbl*Entry.background         white
    option add *DemoTop.bf.Button.width                 10
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::displayConfig
#
# Displays the configuration options of the widget w in a tablelist widget
# contained in a newly created top-level widget.  Returns the name of the
# tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::displayConfig w {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
        bell
        tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
            "Bad window path name \"$w\""
        return ""
    }

    #
    # Create a top-level widget of the class DemoTop
    #
    set top .configTop
    for {set n 2} {[winfo exists $top]} {incr n} {
        set top .configTop$n
    }
    toplevel $top -class DemoTop
    wm title $top "Configuration Options of the [winfo class $w] Widget \"$w\""

    #
    # Create a scrolled tablelist widget with 5 dynamic-width
    # columns and interactive sort capability within the top-level
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    frame $tf
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    set hsb $tf.hsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
        -columns {0 "Command-Line Name"
                  0 "Database/Alias Name"
                  0 "Database Class"
                  0 "Default Value"
                  0 "Current Value"} \
        -labelcommand tablelist::sortByColumn -sortcommand demo::compareAsSet \
        -editendcommand demo::applyValue -height 15 -width 100 -stretch all \
        -xscrollcommand [list $hsb set] -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set]
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
        $tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    $tbl columnconfigure 3 -maxwidth 30
    $tbl columnconfigure 4 -maxwidth 30 -editable yes
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical   -command [list $tbl yview]
    scrollbar $hsb -orient horizontal -command [list $tbl xview]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a frame child of the top-level widget
    #
    set bf $top.bf
    frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    button $b1 -text "Refresh"     -command [list demo::putConfig $w $tbl]
    button $b2 -text "Sort as Set" -command [list $tbl sort]
    button $b3 -text "Close"       -command [list destroy $top]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    grid $tbl -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 0 -sticky news
    variable winSys
    if {[string compare $winSys "aqua"] == 0} {
        grid [$tbl cornerpath] -row 0 -column 1 -sticky ew
        grid $vsb              -row 1 -column 1 -sticky ns
    } else {
        grid $vsb -row 0 -rowspan 2 -column 1 -sticky ns
    }
    grid $hsb -row 2 -column 0 -sticky ew
    grid rowconfigure    $tf 1 -weight 1
    grid columnconfigure $tf 0 -weight 1
    pack $b1 $b2 $b3 -side left -expand yes -pady 10
    pack $bf -side bottom -fill x
    pack $tf -side top -expand yes -fill both

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the configuration options of the given widget
    #
    putConfig $w $tbl
    return $tbl
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The procedure invokes the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html">tablelist::tablelist</a></code> command to create a
  tablelist widget.&nbsp; The value of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#columns">-columns</a></code> option passed to this
  command specifies the widths, titles, and alignments of the 5 columns.&nbsp;
  The width of each column is given as <code>0</code>, specifying that the
  column's width is to be made just large enough to hold all the elements in
  the column, including its title, which is the string following the
  width.&nbsp; We have omitted the alignment specifications (which can
  optionally follow the titles), because the columns shall all be
  left-justified.</p>

  <p>Since all columns are of dynamic width and left-aligned, instead of
  <code>-columns</code> we could have used the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#columntitles">-columntitles</a></code> option as
  follows:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
        -columntitles {"Command-Line Name"
                       "Database/Alias Name"
                       "Database Class"
                       "Default Value"
                       "Current Value"} \
        . . .
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The command <code><a href=
  "tablelistColSort.html#sortByColumn">tablelist::sortByColumn</a></code>,
  specified as the value of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#labelcommand">-labelcommand</a></code> option, will be
  invoked whenever mouse button 1 is released over one of the labels.&nbsp;
  This command sorts the items based on the column corresponding to that label,
  in the right order, by invoking the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#sortbycolumn">sortbycolumn</a></code> subcommand of the
  Tcl command associated with the tablelist widget.</p>

  <p>As seen from the creation of the button displaying the text&nbsp;
  <code>"Sort as Set"</code>,&nbsp; the items will also be sorted by invoking
  the <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#sort">sort</a></code>
  subcommand.&nbsp; This makes it necessary to specify a command to be used for
  the comparison of the items, as the value of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#sortcommand">-sortcommand</a></code> option.&nbsp; In
  our example this is the <code>demo::compareAsSet</code> procedure shown
  below.</p>

  <p>The <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#editendcommand">-editendcommand</a></code> option
  specifies the command to be invoked automatically whenever the interactive
  editing of a cell's contents is finished and the final contents of the
  temporary embedded entry widget used for the editing are different from its
  original one.&nbsp; Per default, the elements of a tablelist widget can only
  be edited programmatically, but we enable the interactive editing for the
  cells of the last column with the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#col_editable">-editable</a></code> column configuration
  option.</p>

  <p>By specifying the value <code>all</code> for the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#stretch">-stretch</a></code> configuration option we
  make sure that all of the columns will be stretched to eliminate the blank
  space that might appear at the right of the table.</p>

  <p>If the default value of the <code>-selectborderwidth</code> option is
  <code>0</code> (this is the case on the Windows and Macintosh platforms, and
  also in an X11 envronment with Tk 8.5 or above) then we use the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#spacing">-spacing</a></code> option to
  provide some additional space above and below the rows.</p>

  <p>For the last two columns of the tablelist we use the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#col_maxwidth">-maxwidth</a></code> column configuration
  option, to make sure that the dynamic widths of these columns won't exceed 30
  average-width characters.</p>

  <p>Besides the options given on the command line, our tablelist widget will
  automatically inherit the ones contained in the Tk option database entries
  specified in the namespace initialization preceding the
  <code>demo::displayConfig</code> procedure.&nbsp; The database name
  <code>stripeBackground</code> corresponds to the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#stripebackground">-stripebackground</a></code>
  configuration option.&nbsp; According to this entry, every other row of the
  tablelist widget will be displayed in the background color
  <code>#f0f0f0</code>, which improves the readability of the items and gives
  the widget a nice appearance.</p>

  <p>The option database entries given for the windowing systems other than
  <code>x11</code> are implicitly used when managing the tablelist widget and
  the two scrollbars with the aid of <code>grid</code>.&nbsp; Notice how the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#cornerpath">cornerpath</a></code>
  subcommand enables us to achieve a native look &amp; feel with respect to the
  vertical scrollbar on the windowing system <code>aqua</code>.</p>

  <p>We populate the tablelist by invoking the <code>demo::putConfig</code>
  procedure discussed below.&nbsp; The same script is associated with the
  <b>Refresh</b> button, as the value of its <code>-command</code>
  configuration option.&nbsp; This procedure is implemented as follows:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putConfig
#
# Outputs the configuration options of the widget w into the tablelist widget
# tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putConfig {w tbl} {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
        bell
        tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
            "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
        return ""
    }

    #
    # Display the configuration options of w in the tablelist widget tbl
    #
    $tbl delete 0 end
    foreach configSet [$w configure] {
        #
        # Insert the list configSet into the tablelist widget
        #
        $tbl insert end $configSet

        if {[llength $configSet] == 2} {
            $tbl rowconfigure end -foreground gray50 -selectforeground gray75
            $tbl cellconfigure end -editable no
        } else {
            #
            # Change the colors of the first and last cell of the row
            # if the current value is different from the default one
            #
            set default [lindex $configSet 3]
            set current [lindex $configSet 4]
            if {[string compare $default $current] != 0} {
                foreach col {0 4} {
                    $tbl cellconfigure end,$col \
                         -foreground red -selectforeground yellow
                }
            }
        }
    }

    $tbl sortbycolumn 0
    $tbl activate 0
    $tbl attrib widget $w
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>After deleting the current items of the tablelist widget <code>tbl</code>,
  the procedure inserts the items of the list returned by the
  <code>configure</code> subcommand of the Tcl command associated with the
  widget <code>w</code>.&nbsp; For each option that is merely an abbreviated
  form of some other one, we use the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#rowconfigure">rowconfigure</a></code> tablelist
  subcommand to change the normal and selection foreground colors of the item
  just appended, and we disable the interactive editing in the last inserted
  cell by using the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#cell_editable">-editable</a></code> cell configuration
  option.&nbsp; The <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#cellconfigure">cellconfigure</a></code> tablelist
  operation is also invoked for each real option whose current value is
  different from the default one, to change the values of the
  <code>-foreground</code> and <code>-selectforeground</code> options of the
  cells no. 0 and 4, containing the command-line name of the option and its
  current value.</p>

  <p>Each tablelist widget may have any number of private <b>attributes</b>,
  which can be set and retrieved with the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#attrib">attrib</a></code> subcommand of the Tcl command
  corresponding to the widget.&nbsp; The <code>demo::putConfig</code> procedure
  sets the <code>widget</code> attribute to the name of the widget whose
  options are displayed in the tablelist.</p>

  <p>The implementation of the comparison command
  <code>demo::compareAsSet</code> mentioned above is quite simple:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::compareAsSet
#
# Compares two items of a tablelist widget used to display the configuration
# options of an arbitrary widget.  The item in which the current value is
# different from the default one is considered to be less than the other; if
# both items fulfil this condition or its negation then string comparison is
# applied to the two option names.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::compareAsSet {item1 item2} {
    foreach {opt1 dbName1 dbClass1 default1 current1} $item1 \
            {opt2 dbName2 dbClass2 default2 current2} $item2 {
        set changed1 [expr {[string compare $default1 $current1] != 0}]
        set changed2 [expr {[string compare $default2 $current2] != 0}]
        if {$changed1 == $changed2} {
            return [string compare $opt1 $opt2]
        } elseif {$changed1} {
            return -1
        } else {
            return 1
        }
    }
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>Finally, here is the implementation of the <code>demo::applyValue</code>
  procedure, specified as the value of the <code>-editendcommand</code>
  option:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::applyValue
#
# Applies the new value of the configuraton option contained in the given row
# of the tablelist widget tbl to the widget whose options are displayed in it,
# and updates the colors of the first and last cell of the row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::applyValue {tbl row col text} {
    #
    # Try to apply the new value of the option contained in
    # the given row to the widget whose options are displayed
    # in the tablelist; reject the value if the attempt fails
    #
    set w [$tbl attrib widget]
    set opt [$tbl cellcget $row,0 -text]
    if {[catch {$w configure $opt $text} result] != 0} {
        bell
        tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message $result \
            -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
        $tbl rejectinput
        return ""
    }

    #
    # Replace the new option value with its canonical form and
    # update the colors of the first and last cell of the row
    #
    set text [$w cget $opt]
    set default [$tbl cellcget $row,3 -text]
    if {[string compare $default $text] == 0} {
        foreach col {0 4} {
            $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col \
                 -foreground "" -selectforeground ""
        }
    } else {
        foreach col {0 4} {
            $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col \
                 -foreground red -selectforeground yellow
        }
    }

    return $text
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The procedure retrieves the name of the widget whose options are displayed
  in the tablelist, as the value of its <code>widget</code> attribute, and
  invokes the <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#cellcget">cellcget</a></code>
  tablelist subcommand to get the name of the option specified in the first
  cell of the row whose last element was just edited.&nbsp; Next, it tries to
  apply the new value of the option to the widget, and invokes the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#rejectinput">rejectinput</a></code>
  subcommand if the attempt fails.&nbsp; Otherwise it replaces the new option
  value with its canonical form and updates the normal and selection foreground
  colors of the cells no. 0 and 4.&nbsp; The canonical form of the option value
  is given by the <code>cget</code> subcommand of the Tcl command associated
  with that widget.&nbsp; For example, a boolean value will always be replaced
  with <code>1</code> or <code>0</code>, even if the entry contains the string
  <code>yes</code> or <code>no</code>.&nbsp; The procedure returns this
  canonical option value, thus making sure that the latter will become the new
  contents of the cell that was just edited.</p>

  <h3 id="ex_browse">Two Widget Browsers Based on a tablelist</h3>

  <p>The files <code>browse.tcl</code> and <code>browseTree.tcl</code> in the
  <code>demos</code> directory contain a procedure
  <code>demo::displayChildren</code> that displays information about the
  children of an arbitrary widget in a tablelist contained in a newly created
  top-level widget.&nbsp; To test it, start <code>wish</code> and evaluate the
  chosen file by using the <code>source</code> command, in a similar way as in
  the case of the <a href="#ex_config">previous example</a>.</p>

  <p>Both scripts will print the following message to <code>stdout</code>:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
To display information about the children of an arbitrary widget, enter

        demo::displayChildren &lt;widgetName&gt;
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The tablelist created by the procedure <code>demo::displayChildren</code>
  in the file <code>browse.tcl</code> is a multi-column listbox:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="browse.png" alt="Widget Browser" width="609" height="289">
  </blockquote>

  <p>The tablelist created by the procedure of the same name in the file
  <code>browseTree.tcl</code> is a multi-column tree widget:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="browseTree.png" alt="Widget Browser" width="627" height="289">
  </blockquote>

  <p>The <code>demo::displayChildren</code> command inserts some data of the
  children of the widget specified by <code>&lt;widgetName&gt;</code> into a
  vertically scrolled tablelist with 9 dynamic-width columns and interactive
  sort capability, and returns the name of the newly created tablelist
  widget.&nbsp; By double-clicking an item or invoking the first entry of a
  pop-up menu within the body of the tablelist, you can display the data of the
  children of the widget corresponding to the selected item, and with the
  second menu entry you can display its configuration options (see the <a href=
  "#ex_config">previous example</a> for details).&nbsp; To go one level up,
  click on the <b>Parent</b> button.</p>

  <p>There is a lot of code common to the scripts <code>browse.tcl</code> and
  <code>browseTree.tcl</code>.&nbsp; We will restrict the description below to
  the second one, which requires Tk 8.3 or later, due to the use of several
  tree-related tablelist options and subcommands.</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require Tk 8.3
package require tablelist 5.16

namespace eval demo {
    variable dir [file dirname [info script]]

    #
    # Create two images, needed in the procedure putChildren
    #
    variable leafImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir leaf.xbm] \
                      -background coral -foreground gray50]
    variable compImg [image create bitmap -file [file join $dir comp.xbm] \
                      -background yellow -foreground gray50]
}

source [file join $demo::dir config.tcl]

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::displayChildren
#
# Displays information on the children of the widget w in a tablelist widget
# contained in a newly created top-level widget.  Returns the name of the
# tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::displayChildren w {
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
        bell
        tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
            "Bad window path name \"$w\""
        return ""
    }

    #
    # Create a top-level widget of the class DemoTop
    #
    set top .browseTop
    for {set n 2} {[winfo exists $top]} {incr n} {
        set top .browseTop$n
    }
    toplevel $top -class DemoTop

    #
    # Create a vertically scrolled tablelist widget with 9 dynamic-width
    # columns and interactive sort capability within the top-level
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    frame $tf
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
        -columns {0 "Path Name" left
                  0 "Class"     left
                  0 "X"         right
                  0 "Y"         right
                  0 "Width"     right
                  0 "Height"    right
                  0 "Mapped"    center
                  0 "Viewable"  center
                  0 "Manager"   left} \
        -expandcommand demo::expandCmd -labelcommand demo::labelCmd \
        -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] -setgrid no -width 0
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
        $tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    foreach col {2 3 4 5} {
        $tbl columnconfigure $col -sortmode integer
    }
    foreach col {6 7} {
        $tbl columnconfigure $col -formatcommand demo::formatBoolean
    }
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $tbl yview]

    #
    # When displaying the information about the children of any
    # ancestor of the label widgets, the widths of some of the
    # labels and thus also the widths and x coordinates of some
    # children may change.  For this reason, make sure the items
    # will be updated after any change in the sizes of the labels
    #
    foreach l [$tbl labels] {
        bind $l &lt;Configure&gt; [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]
    }
    bind $tbl &lt;Configure&gt; [list demo::updateItemsDelayed $tbl]

    #
    # Create a pop-up menu with two command entries; bind the script
    # associated with its first entry to the &lt;Double-1&gt; event, too
    #
    set menu $top.menu
    menu $menu -tearoff no
    $menu add command -label "Display Children" \
                      -command [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    $menu add command -label "Display Config" \
                      -command [list demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget $tbl]
    set bodyTag [$tbl bodytag]
    bind $bodyTag &lt;Double-1&gt;   [list demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget $tbl]
    bind $bodyTag &lt;&lt;Button3&gt;&gt;  [bind TablelistBody &lt;Button-1&gt;]
    bind $bodyTag &lt;&lt;Button3&gt;&gt; +[bind TablelistBody &lt;ButtonRelease-1&gt;]
    bind $bodyTag &lt;&lt;Button3&gt;&gt; +[list demo::postPopupMenu $top %X %Y]

    #
    # Create three buttons within a frame child of the top-level widget
    #
    set bf $top.bf
    frame $bf
    set b1 $bf.b1
    set b2 $bf.b2
    set b3 $bf.b3
    button $b1 -text "Refresh"
    button $b2 -text "Parent"
    button $b3 -text "Close" -command [list destroy $top]

    #
    # Manage the widgets
    #
    . . .

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the data of the given widget's children
    #
    putChildren $w $tbl root
    return $tbl
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The procedure invokes the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html">tablelist::tablelist</a></code> command to create a
  tablelist widget.&nbsp; The value of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#columns">-columns</a></code> option passed to this
  command specifies the widths, titles, and alignments of the 9 columns.&nbsp;
  The width of each column is given as <code>0</code>, specifying that the
  column's width is to be made just large enough to hold all the elements in
  the column, including its title, which is the string following the
  width.&nbsp; Each of the titles is followed by an alignment, which indicates
  how to justify both the elements and the title of the respective column.</p>

  <p>We want to display not only the data of the given widget's children, but
  also those of its further descendants.&nbsp; To this end, we need a command
  to be invoked whenever an item corresponding to a widget with children gets
  expanded.&nbsp; This command is specified as the value of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#expandcommand">-expandcommand</a></code> option.&nbsp;
  As discussed later, the <code>demo::expandCmd</code> procedure will insert
  the children of the row that is about to be expanded, if it has no children
  yet.</p>

  <p>The command <code>demo::labelCmd</code>, specified as the value of the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#labelcommand">-labelcommand</a></code>
  option, will be invoked whenever mouse button 1 is released over one of the
  labels.&nbsp; We will discuss this procedure later.</p>

  <p>We specify the value <code>0</code> for the widget's <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#width">-width</a></code> option, meaning that the
  tablelist's width shall be made just large enough to hold all its
  columns.</p>

  <p>After creating the tablelist widget, we make sure that the elements of its
  columns 2, 3, 4, and 5 (displaying the x and y coordinates as well as the
  widths and heights of the children) will be compared as integers when sorting
  the items based on one of these columns.&nbsp; We do this with the aid of the
  <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#columnconfigure">columnconfigure</a></code> tablelist
  operation.</p>

  <p>The same <code>columnconfigure</code> subcommand enables us to specify
  that, when displaying the elements of columns 6 and 7 (having the titles
  <code>"Mapped"</code> and <code>"Viewable"</code>, respectively), the boolean
  values <code>1</code> and <code>0</code> will be replaced with the strings
  <code>"yes"</code> and <code>"no"</code>, returned by the
  <code>demo::formatBoolean</code> command shown below.</p>

  <p>After creating the vertical scrollbar, we iterate over the elements of the
  list containing the path names of all header labels of the tablelist widget,
  returned by the <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#labels">labels</a></code>
  subcommand of the Tcl command corresponding to the widget.&nbsp; For each
  element of the list, we bind the procedure
  <code>demo::updateItemsDelayed</code> to the <code>&lt;Configure&gt;</code>
  event.&nbsp; In this way we make sure the procedure will be invoked whenever
  the header label indicated by that list element changes size.</p>

  <p>The four invocations of the <code>bind</code> command following the
  creation of the pop-up menu make use of a binding tag whose name depends on
  the path name of the tablelist widget and is returned by the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#bodytag">bodytag</a></code> subcommand of the Tcl
  command associated with the tablelist widget.&nbsp; The advantage of using
  this tag instead of the path name of the tablelist's body is that this
  binding tag is associated not only with the body but also with the separator
  frames and with the labels displaying embedded images.&nbsp; This is
  important in our example because we want to make sure the
  <code>&lt;&lt;Button3&gt;&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;Double-1&gt;</code> events
  will be handled in the same way within a label containing an embedded image
  as in the rest of the tablelist's body.&nbsp; Both the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#button3">&lt;&lt;Button3&gt;&gt;</a></code> virtual
  event (used in the first three <code>bind</code> commands) and the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#body_bindings">TablelistBody</a></code>
  binding tag (used in the first binding script) are created by the Tablelist
  package.&nbsp; The first three <code>bind</code> commands make sure that a
  <code>&lt;&lt;Button3&gt;&gt;</code> virtual event will select and activate
  the nearest item and will post a pop-up menu with two command entries that
  refer to the widget described by that item.</p>

  <p>We populate the tablelist by invoking the <code>demo::putChildren</code>
  procedure, implemented as follows:</p>

  <blockquote id="putChildren">
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildren
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the widget w into the tablelist widget
# tbl, as child items of the one identified by nodeIdx.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildren {w tbl nodeIdx} {
    . . .

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
        set top [winfo toplevel $tbl]
        wm title $top "Children of the [winfo class $w] Widget \"$w\""

        $tbl resetsortinfo
        $tbl delete 0 end
        set row 0
    } else {
        set row [expr {$nodeIdx + 1}]
    }

    #
    # Display the data of the children of the
    # widget w in the tablelist widget tbl
    #
    variable leafImg
    variable compImg
    foreach c [winfo children $w] {
        #
        # Insert the data of the current child into the tablelist widget
        #
        set item {}
        lappend item \
                [winfo name $c] [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
                [winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
                [winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
        $tbl insertchild $nodeIdx end $item

        #
        # Insert an image into the first cell of the row; mark the
        # row as collapsed if the child widget has children itself
        #
        if {[llength [winfo children $c]] == 0} {
            $tbl cellconfigure end,0 -image $leafImg
        } else {
            $tbl cellconfigure end,0 -image $compImg
            $tbl collapse $row
        }

        $tbl rowattrib $row pathName $c
        incr row
    }

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
        #
        # Configure the "Refresh" and "Parent" buttons
        #
        $top.bf.b1 configure -command [list demo::refreshView $w $tbl]
        set b2 $top.bf.b2
        set p [winfo parent $w]
        if {[string compare $p ""] == 0} {
            $b2 configure -state disabled
        } else {
            $b2 configure -state normal -command \
                [list demo::putChildren $p $tbl root]
        }
    }
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The last argument of this procedure indicates the tree node to become the
  parent of the items displaying the data of the children of the widget passed
  as first argument.&nbsp; If this parent is the invisible <code>root</code>
  node then we first reset the sorting information by invoking the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#resetsortinfo">resetsortinfo</a></code>
  tablelist subcommand and delete the current items of the tablelist widget
  <code>tbl</code>.&nbsp; The procedure then iterates over the children of the
  specified widget and inserts the items built from some data retrieved by
  using the <code>winfo</code> command.&nbsp; Each new item is added to the end
  of the parent node's list of children with the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#insertchildren">insertchild(ren)</a></code>
  subcommand.</p>

  <p>For each child widget, we invoke the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#cellconfigure">cellconfigure</a></code> tablelist
  operation to set the value of the <code>-image</code> option of the
  corresponding row's first cell, containing the leaf name of the child.&nbsp;
  In this way, the procedure inserts the image <code>$leafImg</code> or
  <code>$compImg</code> into the first cell, depending on whether the child in
  question is a leaf or a composite widget.&nbsp; (Remember that both images
  were created outside this procedure, within the initialization of the
  <code>demo</code> namespace.)</p>

  <p>We mark every newly created row corresponding to a child widget that has
  children itself as collapsed by invoking the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#collapse">collapse</a></code> subcommand.&nbsp; This
  will prepend an expand/collapse control to the contents of the first column,
  whose column index <code>0</code> is the default value of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#treecolumn">-treecolumn</a></code> configuration
  option.</p>

  <p>We use the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#rowattrib">rowattrib</a></code> tablelist subcommand to
  remember the full path name of every child widget as a private attribute
  associated with the corresponding tablelist row, because it will be needed at
  several places later on.</p>

  <p>As mentioned above, the <code>demo::expandCmd</code> procedure will be
  invoked automatically when expanding a row that contains an expand/collapse
  control:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::expandCmd
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the widget whose leaf name is displayed
# in the first cell of the specified row of the tablelist widget tbl, as child
# items of the one identified by row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::expandCmd {tbl row} {
    if {[$tbl childcount $row] == 0} {
        set w [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
        putChildren $w $tbl $row

        #
        # Apply the last sorting (if any) to the new items
        #
        $tbl refreshsorting $row
    }
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The procedure invokes the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#childcount">childcount</a></code> subcommand to check
  whether the children of the row that is about to be expanded have already
  been inserted into the tablelist widget, and inserts them if this is not the
  case.&nbsp; It also makes sure that the child items will be displayed in the
  order corresponding to the last sorting (if any), with the aid of the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#refreshsorting">refreshsorting</a></code>
  tablelist subcommand.&nbsp; Any sorting (if needed) will only be performed on
  the child items just inserted into the tablelist widget.</p>

  <p>The <code>demo::formatBoolean</code> and <code>demo::labelCmd</code>
  procedures mentioned above are trivial:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::formatBoolean
#
# Returns "yes" or "no", according to the specified boolean value.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::formatBoolean val {
    return [expr {$val ? "yes" : "no"}]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::labelCmd
#
# Sorts the contents of the tablelist widget tbl by its col'th column and makes
# sure the items will be updated 500 ms later (because one of the items might
# refer to a canvas containing the arrow that displays the sorting order).
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::labelCmd {tbl col} {
    tablelist::sortByColumn $tbl $col
    updateItemsDelayed $tbl
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The command <code><a href=
  "tablelistColSort.html#sortByColumn">tablelist::sortByColumn</a></code> sorts
  the items of the tablelist widget by the specified column in the right order,
  by invoking the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#sortbycolumn">sortbycolumn</a></code> subcommand of the
  Tcl command associated with the tablelist widget.</p>

  <p>The implementation of the <code>demo::updateItemsDelayed</code> command,
  invoked in this procedure and already encountered in the
  <code>demo::displayChildren</code> procedure above, is quite simple:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItemsDelayed
#
# Arranges for the items of the tablelist widget tbl to be updated 500 ms later.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItemsDelayed tbl {
    #
    # Schedule the demo::updateItems command for execution
    # 500 ms later, but only if it is not yet pending
    #
    if {[string compare [$tbl attrib afterId] ""] == 0} {
        $tbl attrib afterId [after 500 [list demo::updateItems $tbl]]
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::updateItems
#
# Updates the items of the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::updateItems tbl {
    #
    # Reset the tablelist's "afterId" attribute
    #
    $tbl attrib afterId ""

    #
    # Update the items
    #
    set rowCount [$tbl size]
    for {set row 0} {$row &lt; $rowCount} {incr row} {
        set c [$tbl cellcget $row,0 -text]
        if {![winfo exists $c]} {
            continue
        }

        set item {}
        lappend item \
                [winfo name $c] [winfo class $c] [winfo x $c] [winfo y $c] \
                [winfo width $c] [winfo height $c] [winfo ismapped $c] \
                [winfo viewable $c] [winfo manager $c]
        $tbl rowconfigure $row -text $item
    }

    #
    # Repeat the last sort operation (if any)
    #
    $tbl refreshsorting
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>As already mentioned in the <a href="#ex_config">previous example</a>,
  each tablelist widget may have any number of private attributes, which can be
  set and retrieved with the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#attrib">attrib</a></code> subcommand of the Tcl command
  corresponding to the widget.&nbsp; The <code>afterId</code> attribute is set
  by the <code>demo::updateItemsDelayed</code> procedure when sheduling the
  <code>demo::updateItems</code> command for execution 500 ms later, but only
  if its value is an empty string.&nbsp; For this reason, the
  <code>demo::updateItems</code> procedure resets this attribute.&nbsp; It also
  makes use of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#cellcget">cellcget</a></code> tablelist subcommand to
  get the path names contained in the first cell of each row, and updates the
  data of the children with the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#rowconfigure">rowconfigure</a></code> subcommand.&nbsp;
  After updating the items, the procedure repeats the most recent sorting based
  on a column (if there was one), with the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#refreshsorting">refreshsorting</a></code>
  subcommand.</p>

  <p>The procedures <code>demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget</code>,
  <code>demo::dispConfigOfSelWidget</code>, and
  <code>demo::postPopupMenu</code> (see <code>demo::displayChildren</code>) are
  also straight-forward.&nbsp; For example, the
  <code>demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget</code> command shown below makes use of
  the <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#curselection">curselection</a></code>
  subcommand to get the index of the selected row.&nbsp; More precisely,
  <code>curselection</code> returns a list, but in our case this list will have
  exactly one element, hence it can be used directly as the first component of
  a cell index.</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget
#
# Outputs the data of the children of the selected widget into the tablelist
# widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::putChildrenOfSelWidget tbl {
    set w [$tbl cellcget [$tbl curselection],0 -text]
    if {![winfo exists $w]} {
        bell
        tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
            "Bad window path name \"$w\"" -parent [winfo toplevel $tbl]
        return ""
    }

    if {[llength [winfo children $w]] == 0} {
        bell
    } else {
        putChildren $w $tbl
    }
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The procedure <code>demo::refreshView</code>, associated with the
  <b>Refresh</b> button, is implemented as follows:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# demo::refreshView
#
# Redisplays the data of the children of the widget w in the tablelist widget
# tbl and restores the expanded states of the items as well as the vertical
# view.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::refreshView {w tbl} {
    #
    # Save the vertical view and get the path names of
    # the child widgets displayed in the expanded rows
    #
    set yView [$tbl yview]
    foreach key [$tbl expandedkeys] {
        set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
        set expandedWidgets($pathName) 1
    }

    #
    # Redisplay the data of the widget's (possibly changed) children and
    # restore the expanded states of the children, along with the vertical view
    #
    putChildren $w $tbl root
    restoreExpandedStates $tbl root expandedWidgets
    $tbl yview moveto [lindex $yView 0]
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>Before redisplaying the tablelist's contents via
  <code>demo::putChildren</code>, we get the full keys of the currently
  expanded items with the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#expandedkeys">expandedkeys</a></code> tablelist
  subcommand and insert the correspondig widget paths into the array
  <code>expandedWidgets</code>.&nbsp; After redisplaying the data of the
  (possibly changed) children of the widget given as first argument, we pass
  this array to the <code>demo::restoreExpandedStates</code> procedure shown
  below:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# restoreExpandedStates
#
# Expands those children of the parent identified by nodeIdx that display the
# data of child widgets whose path names are the names of the elements of the
# array specified by the last argument.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc demo::restoreExpandedStates {tbl nodeIdx expandedWidgetsName} {
    upvar $expandedWidgetsName expandedWidgets

    foreach key [$tbl childkeys $nodeIdx] {
        set pathName [$tbl rowattrib $key pathName]
        if {[info exists expandedWidgets($pathName)]} {
            $tbl expand $key -partly
            restoreExpandedStates $tbl $key expandedWidgets
        }
    }
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The procedure retrieves the list of full keys of the children of the
  parent node indicated by <code>nodeIdx</code>, by means of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#childkeys">childkeys</a></code> tablelist
  subcommand.&nbsp; It then loops over this list, and for each key for which
  the corresponding row was previously expanded, it invokes the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#expand">expand</a></code> tablelist subcommand and then
  calls itself recursively to restore the expanded states of that row's
  children.</p>

  <h3 id="ex_dirViewer">A Directory Viewer Based on a tablelist</h3>

  <p>The script <code>dirViewer.tcl</code> in the <code>demos</code> directory
  displays the contents of the volumes mounted on the system (e.g., the root
  <code>/</code> on UNIX and the local drives on Windows) in a tablelist used
  as multi-column tree widget:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="dirViewer.png" alt="Directory Viewer" width="679" height="438">
  </blockquote>

  <p>By double-clicking an item or invoking the single entry of a pop-up menu
  within the body of the tablelist, you can display the contents of the folder
  corresponding to the selected item.&nbsp; To go one level up, click on the
  <b>Parent</b> button.</p>

  <p>There are a lot of similarities between this script and the one discussed
  in the <a href="#ex_browse">previous section</a>.&nbsp; In the following we
  will only present a few procedures that invoke tablelist commands not
  encountered in the examples above:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require Tk 8.3
package require tablelist 5.16

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option.tcl]

#
# Create three images
#
image create photo clsdFolderImg -file [file join $dir clsdFolder.gif]
image create photo openFolderImg -file [file join $dir openFolder.gif]
image create photo fileImg       -file [file join $dir file.gif]

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# displayContents
#
# Displays the contents of the directory dir in a tablelist widget.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc displayContents dir {
    #
    # Create a scrolled tablelist widget with 3 dynamic-
    # width columns and interactive sort capability
    #
    set tf .tf
    frame $tf -class ScrollArea
    set tbl $tf.tbl
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    set hsb $tf.hsb
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
        -columns {0 "Name"          left
                  0 "Size"          right
                  0 "Date Modified" left} \
        -expandcommand expandCmd -collapsecommand collapseCmd \
        -xscrollcommand [list $hsb set] -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] \
        -movablecolumns no -setgrid no -showseparators yes -height 20 -width 80
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
        $tbl configure -spacing 1
    }
    $tbl columnconfigure 0 -formatcommand formatString -sortmode dictionary
    $tbl columnconfigure 1 -formatcommand formatSize -sortmode integer
    $tbl columnconfigure 2 -formatcommand formatString
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical   -command [list $tbl yview]
    scrollbar $hsb -orient horizontal -command [list $tbl xview]

    . . .

    #
    # Populate the tablelist with the contents of the given directory
    #
    $tbl sortbycolumn 0
    putContents $dir $tbl root
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The procedure <code>displayContents</code> creates the tablelist widget
  and the two scrollbars as children of a frame of class
  <code>ScrollArea</code>.&nbsp; For this class, the file
  <code>option.tcl</code>, <code>source</code>d into the main script, contains
  some look &amp; feel related settings similar to the ones encountered in our
  <a href="#ex_config">first example</a>:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
if {[string compare $winSys "x11"] == 0} {
    . . .
} else {
    option add *ScrollArea.borderWidth                  1
    option add *ScrollArea.relief                       sunken
    option add *ScrollArea.Tablelist.borderWidth        0
    option add *ScrollArea.Tablelist.highlightThickness 0
    . . .
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The procedure specifies a value not only for the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#expandcommand">-expandcommand</a></code> option of the
  tablelist it creates, but also for its <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#collapsecommand">-collapsecommand</a></code>
  option.&nbsp; The latter will merely restore the image shown in the first
  column to the one displaying a closed folder (see below).</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# putContents
#
# Outputs the contents of the directory dir into the tablelist widget tbl, as
# child items of the one identified by nodeIdx.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc putContents {dir tbl nodeIdx} {
    . . .

    if {[string compare $nodeIdx "root"] == 0} {
        if {[string compare $dir ""] == 0} {
            if {[llength [file volumes]] == 1} {
                wm title . "Contents of the File System"
            } else {
                wm title . "Contents of the File Systems"
            }
        } else {
            wm title . "Contents of the Directory \"[file nativename $dir]\""
        }

        $tbl delete 0 end
        set row 0
    } else {
        set row [expr {$nodeIdx + 1}]
    }

    #
    # Build a list from the data of the subdirectories and
    # files of the directory dir.  Prepend a "D" or "F" to
    # each entry's name and modification date &amp; time, for
    # sorting purposes (it will be removed by formatString).
    #
    set itemList {}
    if {[string compare $dir ""] == 0} {
        foreach volume [file volumes] {
            lappend itemList [list D[file nativename $volume] -1 D $volume]
        }
    } else {
        foreach entry [glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $dir *] {
            if {[catch {file mtime $entry} modTime] != 0} {
                continue
            }

            if {[file isdirectory $entry]} {
                lappend itemList [list D[file tail $entry] -1 \
                    D[clock format $modTime -format "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M"] $entry]
            } else {
                lappend itemList [list F[file tail $entry] [file size $entry] \
                    F[clock format $modTime -format "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M"] ""]
            }
        }
    }

    #
    # Sort the above list and insert it into the tablelist widget
    # tbl as list of children of the row identified by nodeIdx
    #
    set itemList [$tbl applysorting $itemList]
    $tbl insertchildlist $nodeIdx end $itemList

    #
    # Insert an image into the first cell of each newly inserted row
    #
    foreach item $itemList {
        set name [lindex $item end]
        if {[string compare $name ""] == 0} {                   ;# file
            $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image fileImg
        } else {                                                ;# directory
            $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image clsdFolderImg
            $tbl rowattrib $row pathName $name

            #
            # Mark the row as collapsed if the directory is non-empty
            #
            if {[file readable $name] &amp;&amp; [llength \
                [glob -nocomplain -types {d f} -directory $name *]] != 0} {
                $tbl collapse $row
            }
        }

        incr row
    }

    . . .
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The main difference between the procedure <code>putContents</code> above
  and the procedure <code><a href="#putChildren">demo::putChildren</a></code>
  described in the <a href="#ex_browse">previous section</a> is related to the
  way child items are inserted into the tablelist widget.&nbsp; Instead of
  inserting them individually with the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#insertchildren">insertchild(ren)</a></code> tablelist
  subcommand, here we add the relevant data to a list of items and then invoke
  the much more performant <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#insertchildlist">insertchildlist</a></code>
  subcommand.&nbsp; Also, instead of first inserting the items and then sorting
  them via <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#refreshsorting">refreshsorting</a></code>, we first
  perform the necessary sortings on the above-mentioned list of items by
  invoking the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#applysorting">applysorting</a></code> subcommand.&nbsp;
  Again, this is much faster than sorting the already inserted child items.</p>

  <p>This procedure also illustrates an effective technique based on the
  <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#col_formatcommand">-formatcommand</a></code> column
  configuration option:&nbsp; In the tablelist widget's internal list, the
  names and modification times of the directories and files are preceded by a
  <code>D</code> and <code>F</code>, respectively.&nbsp; This makes sure that
  the directories will sort before the files (when sorting in ascending
  order).&nbsp; When displaying the items, the Tablelist code will
  automatically invoke the <code>formatString</code> procedure, which removes
  the first character.&nbsp; Similarly, in the widget's internal list, the size
  of a directory is set to <code>-1</code>, which sorts before the sizes of the
  files.&nbsp; The <code>formatSize</code> procedure, invoked automatically
  when displaying the items, replaces this value with an empty string:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# formatString
#
# Returns the substring obtained from the specified value by removing its first
# character.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc formatString val {
    return [string range $val 1 end]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# formatSize
#
# Returns an empty string if the specified value is negative and the value
# itself in user-friendly format otherwise.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc formatSize val {
    if {$val &lt; 0} {
        return ""
    } elseif {$val &lt; 1024} {
        return "$val bytes"
    } elseif {$val &lt; 1048576} {
        return [format "%.1f KB" [expr {$val / 1024.0}]]
    } elseif {$val &lt; 1073741824} {
        return [format "%.1f MB" [expr {$val / 1048576.0}]]
    } else {
        return [format "%.1f GB" [expr {$val / 1073741824.0}]]
    }
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>Besides its common task of inserting the children of the row to be
  expanded, the <code>expandCmd</code> procedure shown below also changes the
  image contained in the first column to the one displaying an open
  folder.&nbsp; The <code>collapseCmd</code> procedure restores the image to
  the one displaying a closed folder:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# expandCmd
#
# Outputs the contents of the directory whose leaf name is displayed in the
# first cell of the specified row of the tablelist widget tbl, as child items
# of the one identified by row, and updates the image displayed in that cell.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc expandCmd {tbl row} {
    if {[$tbl childcount $row] == 0} {
        set dir [$tbl rowattrib $row pathName]
        putContents $dir $tbl $row
    }

    if {[$tbl childcount $row] != 0} {
        $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image openFolderImg
    }
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# collapseCmd
#
# Updates the image displayed in the first cell of the specified row of the
# tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc collapseCmd {tbl row} {
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,0 -image clsdFolderImg
}

. . .

displayContents ""
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The last line of the script invokes the procedure
  <code>displayContents</code> with an empty string as argument, i.e., displays
  the volumes mounted on the system.</p>

  <h3 id="ex_styles">Improving the Look &amp; Feel of a tablelist Widget</h3>

  <p>The script <code>styles.tcl</code> in the <code>demos</code> directory
  demonstrates some ways of making tablelist widgets smarter and improving the
  readability of their items.&nbsp; It creates 8 tablelist widgets, shown in
  the following figure:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="styles.png" alt="Styles" width="700" height="497">
  </blockquote>

  <p>Here is the relevant code segment:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#
# Create, configure, and populate 8 tablelist widgets
#
frame .f
for {set n 0} { $n &lt; 8} {incr n} {
    set tbl .f.tbl$n
    tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
        -columntitles {"Label 0" "Label 1" "Label 2" "Label 3"} \
        -background white -height 4 -width 40 -stretch all
    if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
        $tbl configure -spacing 1
    }

    switch $n {
        1 {
            $tbl configure -showseparators yes
        }
        2 {
            $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0
        }
        3 {
            $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0 -showseparators yes
        }
        4 {
            $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow
            $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan
        }
        5 {
            $tbl configure -showseparators yes
            $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow
            $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan
        }
        6 {
            $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0
            $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow \
                -stripebackground #f0f0d2
            $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan \
                -stripebackground #d2f0f0
        }
        7 {
            $tbl configure -stripebackground #f0f0f0 -showseparators yes
            $tbl columnconfigure 1 -background LightYellow \
                -stripebackground #f0f0d2
            $tbl columnconfigure 3 -background LightCyan \
                -stripebackground #d2f0f0
        }
    }

    foreach row {0 1 2 3} {
        $tbl insert end \
             [list "Cell $row,0" "Cell $row,1" "Cell $row,2" "Cell $row,3"]
    }
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The only configuration option used here but not discussed in the first
  three examples (although already encountered in the <a href=
  "#ex_dirViewer">previous one</a>) is <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#showseparators">-showseparators</a></code>.&nbsp; The
  visual effect it produces looks nice both by itself and combined with
  horizontal or vertical stripes, created by using the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#stripebackground">-stripebackground</a></code> option
  and the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#columnconfigure">columnconfigure</a></code> subcommand,
  respectively.</p>

  <h3 id="ex_editing">Advanced Interactive tablelist Cell Editing</h3>

  <p>The scripts <code>tileWidgets.tcl</code>, <code>bwidget.tcl</code>,
  <code>iwidgets.tcl</code>, and <code>miscWidgets.tcl</code> in the
  <code>demos</code> directory create a tablelist widget displaying some
  parameters of 16 serial lines, and demonstrate how to use various widgets
  from the Tk core and from the packages tile, BWidget, Iwidgets, combobox (by
  Bryan Oakley), ctext, and Mentry (or Mentry_tile) for interactive cell
  editing.&nbsp; The following figure shows the tablelist widget, together with
  a BWidget ComboBox used to edit the contents of one of its cells:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="bwidget.png" alt="Serial Line Configuration" width="843" height=
    "391">
  </blockquote>

  <p>Here is the relevant code segment from the script <code>bwidget.tcl</code>
  (the scripts <code>tileWidgets.tcl</code>, <code>iwidgets.tcl</code>, and
  <code>miscWidgets.tcl</code> are similar):</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require Tk 8.4                          ;# because of "-compound"
package require tablelist 5.16
package require BWidget

wm title . "Serial Line Configuration"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option.tcl]
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.background            white
option add *Tablelist*Checkbutton.activeBackground      white
option add *Tablelist*Entry.background                  white

#
# Register some widgets from the BWidget package for interactive cell editing
#
tablelist::addBWidgetEntry
tablelist::addBWidgetSpinBox
tablelist::addBWidgetComboBox

#
# Create the images "checkedImg" and "uncheckedImg", as well as 16 images of
# names like "img#FF0000", displaying colors identified by names like "red"
#
source [file join $dir images.tcl]

#
# Create a tablelist widget with editable columns (except the first one)
#
set tbl .tbl
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "No."             right
              0 "Available"       center
              0 "Name"            left
              0 "Baud Rate"       right
              0 "Data Bits"       center
              0 "Parity"          left
              0 "Stop Bits"       center
              0 "Handshake"       left
              0 "Activation Date" center
              0 "Activation Time" center
              0 "Cable Color"     center} \
    -editstartcommand editStartCmd -editendcommand editEndCmd \
    -height 0 -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -name available -editable yes -editwindow checkbutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name lineName  -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -sortmode dictionary
$tbl columnconfigure 3 -name baudRate  -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox \
    -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name dataBits  -editable yes -editwindow SpinBox
$tbl columnconfigure 5 -name parity    -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 6 -name stopBits  -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 7 -name handshake -editable yes -editwindow ComboBox
$tbl columnconfigure 8 -name actDate   -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -formatcommand formatDate -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 9 -name actTime   -editable yes -editwindow Entry \
    -formatcommand formatTime -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 10 -name color    -editable yes -editwindow menubutton \
    -formatcommand emptyStr

proc emptyStr   val { return "" }
proc formatDate val { return [clock format $val -format "%Y-%m-%d"] }
proc formatTime val { return [clock format $val -format "%H:%M:%S"] }

#
# Populate the tablelist widget; set the activation
# date &amp; time to 10 minutes past the current clock value
#
set clock [expr {[clock seconds] + 600}]
for {set i 0; set n 1} {$i &lt; 16} {set i $n; incr n} {
    $tbl insert end [list $n [expr {$i &lt; 8}] "Line $n" 9600 8 None 1 XON/XOFF \
        $clock $clock [lindex $colorNames $i]]

    set availImg [expr {($i &lt; 8) ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
    $tbl cellconfigure end,available -image $availImg
    $tbl cellconfigure end,color -image img[lindex $colorValues $i]
}

set btn [button .btn -text "Close" -command exit]

#
# Manage the widgets
#
pack $btn -side bottom -pady 10
pack $tbl -side top -expand yes -fill both
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>We invoke the <code><a href=
  "tablelistBWidget.html#Entry">tablelist::addBWidgetEntry</a></code>,
  <code><a href=
  "tablelistBWidget.html#SpinBox">tablelist::addBWidgetSpinBox</a></code>, and
  <code><a href=
  "tablelistBWidget.html#ComboBox">tablelist::addBWidgetComboBox</a></code>
  commands to register the Entry, SpinBox, and ComboBox widgets from the
  BWidget package for interactive cell editing.&nbsp; These commands return the
  values <code>"Entry"</code>, <code>"SpinBox"</code>, and
  <code>"ComboBox"</code>, respectively, which we then use in the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#col_editwindow">-editwindow</a></code>
  column configuration option to set the edit window for the columns no. 2,
  ..., 10.&nbsp; In columns no. 1 and 10 we use the Tk core checkbutton and
  menubutton widgets, which are automatically registered for interactive cell
  editing.</p>

  <p>Notice the use of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#col_name">-name</a></code> column configuration option,
  which allows us to access the columns by their names instead of by numerical
  column indices.&nbsp; This is important, because the file
  <code>option.tcl</code>, which is <code>source</code>d into the main script,
  contains the line</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
option add *Tablelist.movableColumns    yes
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The <code>editStartCmd</code> and <code>editEndCmd</code> procedures shown
  below use the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#columncget">columncget</a></code> subcommand to
  retrieve the name of the column from the numerical column index.</p>

  <p>By the way, two further option database settings contained in the file
  <code>option.tcl</code> are:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
option add *Tablelist.labelCommand      tablelist::sortByColumn
option add *Tablelist.labelCommand2     tablelist::addToSortColumns
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The <code><a href=
  "tablelistColSort.html#sortByColumn">tablelist::sortByColumn</a></code> and
  <code><a href=
  "tablelistColSort.html#addToSortColumns">tablelist::addToSortColumns</a></code>
  commands specified in these settings enable the user to sort the items by one
  or more columns, with the aid of the left mouse button and of the
  <code>Shift</code> key.</p>

  <p>The <code>editStartCmd</code> procedure, specified as the value of the
  <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#editstartcommand">-editstartcommand</a></code>
  configuration option, needs the path name of the edit window, in order to be
  able to configure the widget in various ways.&nbsp; This is a common
  situation, and Tablelist provides the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#editwinpath">editwinpath</a></code> subcommand for this
  purpose:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editStartCmd
#
# Applies some configuration options to the edit window; if the latter is a
# ComboBox, the procedure populates it.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editStartCmd {tbl row col text} {
    set w [$tbl editwinpath]

    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
        lineName {
            #
            # Set an upper limit of 20 for the number of characters
            #
            $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key \
                         -validatecommand {expr {[string length %P] &lt;= 20}}
        }

        baudRate {
            #
            # Populate the ComboBox and allow no more
            # than 6 digits in its Entry component
            #
            $w configure -values {50 75 110 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400
                                  57600 115200 230400 460800 921600}
            $w configure -invalidcommand bell -validate key -validatecommand \
                {expr {[string length %P] &lt;= 6 &amp;&amp; [regexp {^[0-9]*$} %S]}}
        }

        dataBits {
            #
            # Configure the SpinBox
            #
            $w configure -range {5 8 1} -editable no
        }

        parity {
            #
            # Populate the ComboBox and make it non-editable
            #
            $w configure -values {None Even Odd Mark Space} -editable no
        }

        . . .

        color {
            #
            # Populate the menu and make sure the menubutton will display the
            # color name rather than $text, which is "", due to -formatcommand
            #
            set menu [$w cget -menu]
            foreach name $::colorNames {
                $menu add radiobutton -compound left \
                    -image img$::colors($name) -label $name
            }
            $menu entryconfigure 8 -columnbreak 1
            return [$tbl cellcget $row,$col -text]
        }
    }

    return $text
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The <code>editEndCmd</code> procedure, specified as the value of the
  <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#editendcommand">-editendcommand</a></code>
  configuration option, is responsible for a final validation of the edit
  window's text.&nbsp; Another purpose of this command is to convert the text
  contained in the edit window to the cell's new <i>internal</i> contents,
  which is necessary because the internal value of the activation date and time
  is a clock value in seconds:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# editEndCmd
#
# Performs a final validation of the text contained in the edit window and gets
# the cell's internal contents.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc editEndCmd {tbl row col text} {
    switch [$tbl columncget $col -name] {
        available {
            #
            # Update the image contained in the cell
            #
            set img [expr {$text ? "checkedImg" : "uncheckedImg"}]
            $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image $img
        }

        baudRate {
            #
            # Check whether the baud rate is an integer in the range 50..921600
            #
            if {![regexp {^[0-9]+$} $text] || $text &lt; 50 || $text &gt; 921600} {
                bell
                tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
                    "The baud rate must be an integer in the range 50..921600"
                $tbl rejectinput
            }
        }

        actDate {
            #
            # Get the activation date in seconds from the last argument
            #
            if {[catch {clock scan $text} actDate] != 0} {
                bell
                tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message "Invalid date"
                $tbl rejectinput
                return ""
            }

            #
            # Check whether the activation clock value is later than the
            # current one; if this is the case then make sure the cells
            # "actDate" and "actTime" will have the same internal value
            #
            set actTime [$tbl cellcget $row,actTime -text]
            set actClock [clock scan [formatTime $actTime] -base $actDate]
            if {$actClock &lt;= [clock seconds]} {
                bell
                tk_messageBox -title "Error" -icon error -message \
                    "The activation date &amp; time must be in the future"
                $tbl rejectinput
            } else {
                $tbl cellconfigure $row,actTime -text $actClock
                return $actClock
            }
        }

        . . .

        color {
            #
            # Update the image contained in the cell
            #
            $tbl cellconfigure $row,$col -image img$::colors($text)
        }
    }

    return $text
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>As mentioned above, the scripts <code>tileWidgets.tcl</code>,
  <code>iwidgets.tcl</code>, and <code>miscWidgets.tcl</code> are similar to
  <code>bwidget.tcl</code>.&nbsp; The first one makes use of the tile entry,
  spinbox, combobox, checkbutton, and menubutton widgets.&nbsp; The second one
  uses (besides the Tk core checkbutton and menubutton) the entryfield,
  spinint, combobox, dateentry, and timeentry widgets from the Iwidgets package
  and the validation facilities specific to that library.&nbsp; The third
  script makes use of the entry, spinbox, checkbutton, and menubutton widgets
  from the Tk core, Bryan Oakley's combobox, and of the mentry widgets of type
  <code>"Date"</code> and <code>"Time"</code>, and it performs the entry
  validation with the aid of the Wcb package (which is required anyway for the
  Mentry library).</p>

  <h3 id="ex_windows">A tablelist Widget Containing Embedded Windows</h3>

  <p>The script <code>embeddedWindows.tcl</code> in the <code>demos</code>
  directory creates a tablelist widget whose items correspond to the Tk library
  scripts.&nbsp; The size of each file (in bytes) is not only displayed as a
  number, but is also illustrated with the aid of a frame with red background,
  created as a child of an embedded frame with ivory background.&nbsp; The
  files can be viewed by clicking on the corresponding embedded button
  widgets.</p>

  <p>The following screenshot shows the tablelist widget with the mouse cursor
  over the first header label, causing this label to appear in
  <code>active</code> state:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="embeddedWindows.png" alt="Embedded Windows" width="436" height=
    "290">
  </blockquote>

  <p>First, we create and populate the tablelist widget:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require tablelist 5.16

wm title . "Tk Library Scripts"

#
# Add some entries to the Tk option database
#
set dir [file dirname [info script]]
source [file join $dir option.tcl]

#
# Create the font TkFixedFont if not yet present
#
catch {font create TkFixedFont -family Courier -size -12}

#
# Create an image to be displayed in buttons embedded in a tablelist widget
#
image create photo openImg -file [file join $dir open.gif]

#
# Create a vertically scrolled tablelist widget with 5
# dynamic-width columns and interactive sort capability
#
set tf .tf
frame $tf -class ScrollArea
set tbl $tf.tbl
set vsb $tf.vsb
tablelist::tablelist $tbl \
    -columns {0 "File Name" left
              0 "Bar Chart" center
              0 "File Size" right
              0 "View"      center
              0 "Seen"      center} \
    -setgrid no -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set] -width 0
if {[$tbl cget -selectborderwidth] == 0} {
    $tbl configure -spacing 1
}
$tbl columnconfigure 0 -name fileName
$tbl columnconfigure 1 -formatcommand emptyStr -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 2 -name fileSize -sortmode integer
$tbl columnconfigure 4 -name seen
scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $tbl yview]

proc emptyStr val { return "" }

eval font create BoldFont [font actual [$tbl cget -font]] -weight bold

#
# Populate the tablelist widget
#
cd $tk_library
set maxFileSize 0
foreach fileName [lsort [glob *.tcl]] {
    set fileSize [file size $fileName]
    $tbl insert end [list $fileName $fileSize $fileSize "" no]

    if {$fileSize &gt; $maxFileSize} {
        set maxFileSize $fileSize
    }
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>We insert the size of each file not only into the column with the
  title&nbsp; <code>"File Size"</code>&nbsp;, but also into the column&nbsp;
  <code>"Bar Chart"</code>.&nbsp; Since we configured this column with&nbsp;
  <code>-formatcommand emptyStr</code>,&nbsp; the text will remain hidden in
  it.&nbsp; It will, however, be needed when sorting the items by that
  column.</p>

  <p>To be able to create the embedded windows, we have first to implement the
  creation scripts for them, as specified in the description of the
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#cell_window">-window</a></code> cell
  configuration option.&nbsp; Here is the script that creates a frame to be
  embedded into the column displaying the bar chart:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# createFrame
#
# Creates a frame widget w to be embedded into the specified cell of the
# tablelist widget tbl, as well as a child frame representing the size of the
# file whose name is diplayed in the first column of the cell's row.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc createFrame {tbl row col w} {
    #
    # Create the frame and replace the binding tag "Frame"
    # with "TablelistBody" in the list of its binding tags
    #
    frame $w -width 102 -height 14 -background ivory -borderwidth 1 \
             -relief solid
    bindtags $w [lreplace [bindtags $w] 1 1 TablelistBody]

    #
    # Create the child frame and replace the binding tag "Frame"
    # with "TablelistBody" in the list of its binding tags
    #
    frame $w.f -height 12 -background red -borderwidth 1 -relief raised
    bindtags $w.f [lreplace [bindtags $w] 1 1 TablelistBody]

    #
    # Manage the child frame
    #
    set fileSize [$tbl cellcget $row,fileSize -text]
    place $w.f -relwidth [expr {double($fileSize) / $::maxFileSize}]
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>Since the frame will be embedded into the tablelist's body, we want to
  have the same handling of the mouse events in the frame and in its child
  frame as in the rest of the tablelist's body.&nbsp; To this end we replace
  the binding tag <code>Frame</code> (which has no own bindings anyway) with
  <code><a href="tablelistWidget.html#body_bindings">TablelistBody</a></code>,
  thus making sure that the default binding scripts associated with that tag
  will be valid for the parent frame and its child, too.</p>

  <p>We <code>place</code> the red child frame within its parent using the
  <code>-relwidth</code> option, to make sure that its width will remain
  proportional to the size of the corresponding file when resizing the parent
  frame (which will happen when resizing its column, as seen below).</p>

  <p>The creation script for the buttons used for viewing the Tk library files
  is quite simple:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# createButton
#
# Creates a button widget w to be embedded into the specified cell of the
# tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc createButton {tbl row col w} {
    set key [$tbl getkeys $row]
    button $w -image openImg -highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 \
              -command [list viewFile $tbl $key]
}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# viewFile
#
# Displays the contents of the file whose name is contained in the row with the
# given key of the tablelist widget tbl.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc viewFile {tbl key} {
    set top .top$key
    if {[winfo exists $top]} {
        raise $top
        return ""
    }

    toplevel $top
    set fileName [$tbl cellcget k$key,fileName -text]
    wm title $top "File \"$fileName\""

    #
    # Create a vertically scrolled text widget as a grandchild of the toplevel
    #
    set tf $top.tf
    frame $tf -class ScrollArea
    set txt $tf.txt
    set vsb $tf.vsb
    text $txt -background white -font TkFixedFont -setgrid yes \
              -yscrollcommand [list $vsb set]
    catch {$txt configure -tabstyle wordprocessor}      ;# for Tk 8.5 and above
    scrollbar $vsb -orient vertical -command [list $txt yview]

    #
    # Insert the file's contents into the text widget
    #
    set chan [open $fileName]
    $txt insert end [read $chan]
    close $chan

    . . .

    #
    # Mark the file as seen
    #
    $tbl rowconfigure k$key -font BoldFont
    $tbl cellconfigure k$key,seen -text yes
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>Each file will be displayed in a text widget contained in a top-level
  whose name is <code>.top$key</code>, where <code>$key</code> is obtained with
  the aid of the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#getkeys">getkeys</a></code> subcommand.&nbsp; By using
  the key instead of the row number, we will have a unique name for the
  top-level, even if the order of the items changes due to interactive sorting
  by a column.&nbsp; (Remember that the embedded windows will be destroyed and
  automatically recreated when sorting the items or moving the columns.)</p>

  <p>Having implemented the creation scripts for the frames and buttons, we can
  now use the <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#cellconfigure">cellconfigure</a></code> subcommand to
  effectively create these widgets as embedded windows.&nbsp; Notice the
  <code><a href=
  "tablelistWidget.html#cell_stretchwindow">-stretchwindow</a></code> option
  used for the embedded frames, to make sure that their width will be adapted
  to that of the containing column when the latter is being resized
  interactively.</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
#
# Create embedded windows in the columns no. 1 and 3
#
set rowCount [$tbl size]
for {set row 0} {$row &lt; $rowCount} {incr row} {
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,1 -window createFrame -stretchwindow yes
    $tbl cellconfigure $row,3 -window createButton
}
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <h3 id="ex_tile">Tile-Based Demo Scripts</h3>

  <p>The Tablelist distribution contains also tile-based counterparts of the
  demo scripts discussed above.&nbsp; As described in the <a href=
  "#ov_tile">More on Tablelist_tile</a> section of this tutorial, it is quite
  easy to port an application using the Tablelist package to one based on
  Tablelist_tile.&nbsp; For example, let's see how to transform the demo script
  <code><a href="#ex_editing">bwidget.tcl</a></code> into a tile-based one,
  called <code>bwidget_tile.tcl</code>.&nbsp; The changes are shown below in
  <span>red</span> color:</p>

  <p>First, we replace the starting lines</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require Tk 8.3                          ;# because of entry validation
package require tablelist 5.16
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>with</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
package require tablelist<span>_tile</span> 5.16
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>and the command</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
source [file join $dir option.tcl]
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>with</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
source [file join $dir option<span>_tile</span>.tcl]
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>To ensure that the overall appearance of the GUI will conform to the
  currently used theme, we create a theme-specific container for our
  widgets:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
<span>#
# Improve the window's appearance by using a tile
# frame as a container for the other widgets
#
set f [ttk::frame .f]</span>
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>This implies that we have to replace the statement</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
set tbl .tbl
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>defining the path name of our tablelist widget with</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
set tbl <span>$f</span>.tbl
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>Similarly, instead of a Tk button created by the command</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
set btn [button .btn -text "Close" -command exit]
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>we use a tile button that is a child of the above tile frame:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
set btn [<span>ttk::</span>button <span>$f</span>.btn -text "Close" -command exit]
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>We manage this frame in the usual manner:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
<span>pack $f -expand yes -fill both</span>
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The script <code>option_tile.tcl</code> is nearly identical to
  <code>option.tcl</code>.&nbsp; Its tile-specific part uses the values written
  by the command <code><a href=
  "tablelistThemes.html#setThemeDefaults">tablelist::setThemeDefaults</a></code>
  into the array <code>tablelist::themeDefaults</code>, to make sure that the
  selection will have the same theme-specific look in all the widgets created
  by the application:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <pre>
<span>tablelist::setThemeDefaults
if {[tablelist::getCurrentTheme] eq "aqua"} {
    option add *Listbox.selectBackground \
               $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectbackground)
    option add *Listbox.selectForeground \
               $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectforeground)
} else {
    option add *selectBackground  $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectbackground)
    option add *selectForeground  $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectforeground)
}
option add *selectBorderWidth     $tablelist::themeDefaults(-selectborderwidth)</span>
</pre>
  </blockquote>

  <p>The demo script <code>tileWidgets.tcl</code> uses not only the
  Tablelist_tile package for creating a tablelist widget with a modern
  theme-specific look &amp; feel, but also the tile entry, spinbox, combobox,
  checkbutton, and menubutoon widgets for interactive cell editing.&nbsp; The
  resulting window has a nice theme-specific appearance:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="tileWidgets.png" alt="Serial Line Configuration" width="841"
    height="386">
  </blockquote>

  <p>The tile-based version of the demo script <code><a href=
  "#ex_windows">embeddedWindows.tcl</a></code> contains a bit more changes, but
  most of them are not Tablelist-specific.&nbsp; Please take a look at the file
  <code>embeddedWindows_tile.tcl</code> in the <code>demos</code> directory for
  the details.&nbsp; Here is a screenshot of the resulting window:</p>

  <blockquote>
    <img src="embeddedWindows_tile.png" alt="Embedded Windows" width="434"
    height="284">
  </blockquote>

  <div align="center">
    <p><a href="#contents">Contents</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <a href=
    "index.html">Start page</a></p>
  </div>
</body>
</html>